1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C
) 2001-2020 Free Software Foundation
, Inc.
4 This program is free software
; you can redistribute it and
/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation
; either version
3, or (at your option
) any
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful
,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY
; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program
; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http
://www.gnu.org
/licenses
/>.
18 In other words
, you are welcome to use
, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use
, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software
-hoarding
! */
22 /* See target
-hooks
-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file
, and how to use them here.
*/
24 #include
"target-hooks-macros.h"
27 #define HOOK_TYPE
"Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER
, gcc_target
)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target.
*/
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT
, asm_out
)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping.
*/
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren
, const char
*, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object.
*/
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char
*, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op
, "*", struct asm_int_op
, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP
)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op
, "*", struct asm_int_op
, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP
)
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X.
SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP
, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL.
*/
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP
, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
93 bool
, (rtx x
, unsigned int size
, int aligned_p
),
94 default_assemble_integer
)
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label.
*/
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void
, (FILE
*, tree
),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree
)
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label.
*/
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void
, (FILE
*stream
, const char
*name
),
127 default_globalize_label
)
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration.
*/
131 (globalize_decl_name
,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void
, (FILE
*stream
, tree decl
), default_globalize_decl_name
)
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable.
*/
141 (assemble_undefined_decl
,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void
, (FILE
*stream
, const char
*name
, const_tree decl
),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree
)
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info
, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with
, third is a boolean
: true if
152 this is for exception handling
, fourth is a boolean
: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE.
*/
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void
, (FILE
*stream
, tree decl
, int for_eh
, int empty
),
166 default_emit_unwind_label
)
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table.
*/
170 (emit_except_table_label
,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void
, (FILE
*stream
),
177 default_emit_except_table_label
)
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function.
*/
181 (emit_except_personality
,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void
, (rtx personality
),
188 /* If necessary
, modify personality and LSDA references to handle
189 indirection. This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives.
*/
191 (make_eh_symbol_indirect
,
192 "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\
193 The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\
194 the symbol is visible outside the TU.",
195 rtx
, (rtx origsymbol
, bool pubvis
),
198 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction.
*/
201 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
202 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
203 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
204 void
, (FILE
*stream
, rtx_insn
*insn
),
208 (unwind_emit_before_insn
,
209 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
210 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
211 be called afterward.",
214 /* Generate an internal label.
215 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL.
*/
217 (generate_internal_label
,
219 void
, (char
*buf
, const char
*prefix
, unsigned long labelno
),
220 default_generate_internal_label
)
222 /* Output an internal label.
*/
225 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
226 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
228 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
229 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
230 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
232 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
233 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
234 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
235 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
236 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
238 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
239 void
, (FILE
*stream
, const char
*prefix
, unsigned long labelno
),
240 default_internal_label
)
242 /* Output label for the constant.
*/
244 (declare_constant_name
,
245 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
246 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
247 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
248 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
249 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
250 will be an internal label.\n\
252 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
253 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
255 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
256 void
, (FILE
*file
, const char
*name
, const_tree expr
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
),
257 default_asm_declare_constant_name
)
259 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object.
*/
262 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
263 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
264 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
265 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
269 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
270 associated with the tree decl.
*/
272 (assemble_visibility
,
273 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
274 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
275 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
276 void
, (tree decl
, int visibility
),
277 default_assemble_visibility
)
280 (print_patchable_function_entry
,
281 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
282 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
283 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
284 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
285 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
286 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
287 void
, (FILE
*file
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size
, bool record_p
),
288 default_print_patchable_function_entry
)
290 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function.
*/
293 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
294 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
295 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
296 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
297 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
298 code should be output.\n\
300 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
301 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
303 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
304 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
305 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
306 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
307 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
308 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
309 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
311 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
312 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
313 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
314 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
315 registers are used in the function.\n\
317 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
318 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
319 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
320 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
321 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
322 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
323 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
325 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
326 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
327 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
328 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
329 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
330 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
331 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
332 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
333 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
334 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
336 default_function_pro_epilogue
)
338 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue.
*/
340 (function_end_prologue
,
341 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
342 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
343 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
344 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
348 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue.
*/
350 (function_begin_epilogue
,
351 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
352 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
353 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
354 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
358 /* Output the assembler code for function exit.
*/
361 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
362 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
363 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
364 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
365 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
366 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
367 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
369 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
370 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
371 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
372 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
374 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
375 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
376 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
377 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
378 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
379 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
381 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
382 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
383 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
384 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
385 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
386 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
388 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
389 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
390 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
391 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
393 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
394 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
395 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
396 number of arguments.\n\
399 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
400 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
401 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
402 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
403 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
404 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
406 default_function_pro_epilogue
)
408 /* Initialize target
-specific sections.
*/
411 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
412 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
413 of its own that you need to create.\n\
415 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
416 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
421 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
422 If DECL is non
-NULL
, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
423 which this section is associated.
*/
426 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
427 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
428 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
429 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
430 this section is associated.",
431 void
, (const char
*name
, unsigned int flags
, tree decl
),
432 default_no_named_section
)
434 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
435 declaration
, using their numerical value.
*/
438 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
439 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
440 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
441 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
442 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
443 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
444 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
445 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
447 bool
, (unsigned int flags
, unsigned int
*num
),
448 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false
)
450 /* Return preferred
text (sub
)section for function DECL.
451 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold
, normal and hot
452 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
453 at
startup (from static constructors or it is
main()).
454 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
455 (from static destructors
).
456 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.
*/
459 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
460 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
461 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
462 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
463 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
464 (from static destructors).\n\
465 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
466 section
*, (tree decl
, enum node_frequency freq
, bool startup
, bool exit
),
467 default_function_section
)
469 /* Output the assembler code for function exit.
*/
471 (function_switched_text_sections
,
472 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
473 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
474 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
475 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
476 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
477 void
, (FILE
*file
, tree decl
, bool new_is_cold
),
478 default_function_switched_text_sections
)
480 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
481 selecting sections. Bit
1 should be set if global relocations
482 should be placed in a read
-write section
; bit
0 should be set if
483 local relocations should be placed in a read
-write section.
*/
486 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
487 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
488 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
489 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
491 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
492 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
493 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
494 in read-only sections even in executables.",
496 default_reloc_rw_mask
)
498 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
499 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of
-fPIC
/-fPIE.
*/
501 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec
,
502 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
503 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
505 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
506 equals true and false otherwise",
508 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec
)
510 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
511 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied
; bit
1 will be
512 set if the runtime relocations require non
-local name resolution.
513 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data.
*/
516 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
517 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
518 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
519 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
520 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
521 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
523 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
524 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
526 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
527 section
*, (tree exp
, int reloc
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align
),
528 default_select_section
)
530 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X
's mode and ALIGN is its
531 alignment in bits. */
534 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
535 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
536 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
537 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
540 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
541 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
542 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
543 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
544 default_select_rtx_section)
546 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
547 for SELECT_SECTION. */
550 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
551 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
552 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
553 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
555 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
556 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
557 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
558 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
559 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
560 default_unique_section)
562 /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section
563 associated with function DECL. */
565 (function_rodata_section,
566 "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\
567 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\
569 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
570 the function's section is @code
{.gnu.linkonce.t.name
}, @code
{.rodata.name
}\n\
571 or @code
{.data.rel.ro.name
} if function is in @code
{.text.name
}, and
\n\
572 the normal readonly
-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.
",
573 section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable),
574 default_function_rodata_section)
576 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata
" prefix
577 for mergeable data sections. */
579 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
580 "Usually
, the compiler uses the prefix @code
{\".rodata
\"} to construct
\n\
581 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override
\n\
582 the string if a different section name should be used.
",
583 const char *, ".rodata
")
585 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
587 (tm_clone_table_section,
588 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
590 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
592 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
595 "If defined
, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call
\n\
596 the function referenced by @var
{symbol
} at initialization time.
\n\
598 Assume that @var
{symbol
} is a @code
{SYMBOL_REF
} for a function taking
\n\
599 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization
\n\
600 priorities
, @var
{priority
} is a value between
0 and @code
{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY
};\n\
601 otherwise it must be @code
{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY
}.
\n\
603 If this macro is not defined by the target
, a suitable default will
\n\
604 be chosen
if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names
, (2) the
\n\
605 target defines @code
{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP
}, or (3) @code
{USE_COLLECT2
}\n\
607 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
609 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
612 "This is like @code
{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR
} but used for termination
\n\
613 functions rather than initialization functions.
",
614 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
616 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
617 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
618 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
619 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
620 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
623 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk
\n\
624 function
, used to implement C
++ virtual function calls with multiple
\n\
625 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function
,\n\
626 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to
\n\
627 the real function.
\n\
629 First
, emit code to add the integer @var
{delta
} to the location that
\n\
630 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument
\n\
631 contains a pointer
, and is the one used to pass the @code
{this
} pointer
\n\
632 in C
++. This is the incoming argument @emph
{before
} the function prologue
,\n\
633 e.g.@
: @samp
{%o0
} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of
\n\
634 all other incoming arguments.
\n\
636 Then
, if @var
{vcall_offset
} is nonzero
, an additional adjustment should be
\n\
637 made after adding @code
{delta
}. In particular
, if @var
{p
} is the
\n\
638 adjusted pointer
, the following adjustment should be made
:\n\
641 p
+= (*((ptrdiff_t **)p
))[vcall_offset
/sizeof(ptrdiff_t
)]\n\
644 After the additions
, emit code to jump to @var
{function
}, which is a
\n\
645 @code
{FUNCTION_DECL
}. This is a direct pure jump
, not a call
, and does
\n\
646 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var
{FUNCTION
} will
\n\
647 return to whoever called the current @samp
{thunk
}.
\n\
649 The effect must be as if @var
{function
} had been called directly with
\n\
650 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all
\n\
651 of the code for a thunk function
; @code
{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE
}\n\
652 and @code
{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE
} are not invoked.
\n\
654 The @var
{thunk_fndecl
} is redundant.
(@var
{delta
} and @var
{function
}\n\
655 have already been extracted from it.
) It might possibly be useful on
\n\
656 some targets
, but probably not.
\n\
658 If you do not define this macro
, the target
-independent code in the C
++\n\
659 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls
\n\
660 @var
{function
} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does
\n\
661 not support varargs.
",
662 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
663 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
666 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
667 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
668 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
669 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
670 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
671 text to the output file. */
673 (can_output_mi_thunk,
674 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able
\n\
675 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the
\n\
676 arguments it is passed
, and false otherwise. In the latter case
, the
\n\
677 generic approach will be used by the C
++ front end
, with the limitations
\n\
678 previously exposed.
",
679 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
680 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
681 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
683 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
687 "Output to @code
{asm_out_file
} any text which the assembler expects to
\n\
688 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled
\n\
689 by two flags
, documented below. Unless your target
's assembler is\n\
690 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
691 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
692 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
696 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
699 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
700 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
704 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
705 LTO output stream. */
708 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
709 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
714 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
715 LTO output stream. */
718 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
719 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
724 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
725 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
728 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
729 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
730 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
731 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output
\n\
736 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
740 "This target hook is a function to output to @var
{asm_out_file
} an assembler
\n\
741 pseudo
-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the
\n\
742 library function is given by @var
{symref
}, which is a @code
{symbol_ref
}.
",
744 default_external_libcall)
746 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
747 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
749 (mark_decl_preserved,
750 "This target hook is a function to output to @var
{asm_out_file
} an assembler
\n\
751 directive to annotate @var
{symbol
} as used. The Darwin target uses the
\n\
752 .no_dead_code_strip directive.
",
753 void, (const char *symbol),
754 hook_void_constcharptr)
756 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
758 (record_gcc_switches,
759 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line
\n\
760 switches that have been passed to the compiler
, and options that are
\n\
761 enabled. The @var
{type
} argument specifies what is being recorded.
\n\
762 It can take the following values
:\n\
765 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED
\n\
766 @var
{text
} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.
\n\
768 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED
\n\
769 @var
{text
} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a
\n\
770 direct result of a command line switch
, or because it is enabled by
\n\
771 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different
\n\
772 command line switch. For example
, the @option
{-O2
} switch enables
\n\
773 various different individual optimization passes.
\n\
775 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE
\n\
776 @var
{text
} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be
\n\
777 ignored. If @var
{text
} is NULL then it is being used to warn the
\n\
778 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first
\n\
779 time @var
{type
} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var
{text
} is NULL
, the
\n\
780 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for
\n\
781 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any
\n\
782 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to
\n\
783 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording
\n\
786 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START
\n\
787 This option can be ignored by this target hook.
\n\
789 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END
\n\
790 This option can be ignored by this target hook.
\n\
793 The hook
's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
794 supported in the future.\n\
796 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
797 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
798 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
799 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
800 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
802 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
805 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
806 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
807 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
810 (record_gcc_switches_section,
811 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
812 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
814 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
816 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
819 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
820 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
821 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
822 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
824 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses
\n\
825 it to define the symbol as @samp
{.
+ SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var
{x
})}.
\n\
826 If @code
{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF
} is not available
, the hook
's default definition\n\
827 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
829 default_asm_output_anchor)
833 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
834 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
835 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
837 void, (const char *name),
838 hook_void_constcharptr)
840 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
842 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
843 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
844 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
845 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
848 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
850 (final_postscan_insn,
851 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
852 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
855 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
856 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
857 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
858 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
859 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
860 by checking the contents of the vector.",
861 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
864 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
866 (trampoline_template,
867 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
868 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
869 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
870 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
872 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
873 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
874 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
875 to generate it on the spot.",
880 (output_source_filename,
881 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
882 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
884 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
885 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
886 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
887 default_asm_output_source_filename)
890 (output_addr_const_extra,
891 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
892 can't deal with
, and output assembly code to @var
{file
} corresponding to
\n\
893 the pattern @var
{x
}. This may be used to allow machine
-dependent
\n\
894 @code
{UNSPEC
}s to appear within constants.
\n\
896 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern
, it must return @code
{false
},\n\
897 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message
\n\
898 itself
, by calling
, for example
, @code
{output_operand_lossage
}, it may just
\n\
899 return @code
{true
}.
",
900 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
901 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
903 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
904 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
907 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_
"
909 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
910 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
911 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
915 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
916 default_print_operand)
918 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
919 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
920 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
922 (print_operand_address,
924 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
925 default_print_operand_address)
927 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
928 `print_operand' hook. */
929 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
932 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
934 bool ,(unsigned char code),
935 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
937 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
938 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
940 (mangle_assembler_name,
941 "Given a symbol @var
{name
}, perform same mangling as @code
{varasm.c
}'s\
942 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
943 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
944 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
945 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
946 tree, (const char *name),
947 default_mangle_assembler_name)
949 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
951 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
952 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
954 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
955 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
957 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
958 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
959 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
962 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
963 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
964 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
965 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
966 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
967 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
968 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
969 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
970 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
971 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
972 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
973 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
974 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
978 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
981 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
982 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
983 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
984 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
985 scheduling priorities of insns.",
986 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
988 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
989 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
990 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
993 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
994 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
995 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
996 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
997 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
998 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
999 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
1000 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
1001 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
1004 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1005 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
1008 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1009 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1010 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
1011 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1012 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1013 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1014 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1015 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1016 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1017 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1019 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1021 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1024 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1025 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1026 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1027 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1028 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1029 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1030 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1031 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1033 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1036 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1037 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1038 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1039 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1040 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1041 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1042 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1044 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1047 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1048 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1049 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1050 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1051 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1053 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1056 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1057 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1058 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1059 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1061 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1062 places. Default does nothing. */
1065 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1066 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1067 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1068 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1069 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1070 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1071 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1072 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1073 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1074 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1075 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1076 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1077 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1078 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1079 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1083 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1084 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1085 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1086 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1087 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1088 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1089 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1090 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1091 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1095 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1099 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1100 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1101 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1102 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1103 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1104 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1105 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1106 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1108 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1109 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1110 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1112 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1113 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1114 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1115 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1116 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1117 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1118 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1120 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1122 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1123 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1124 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1125 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1126 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1127 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1128 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1129 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1130 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1133 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1134 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1138 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1139 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1140 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1141 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1142 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1143 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1144 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1145 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1149 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1150 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1151 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1155 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1156 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1157 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1158 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1159 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1161 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1162 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1163 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1164 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1167 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1168 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1169 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1170 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1171 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1175 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1176 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1177 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1178 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1179 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1182 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1183 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1184 multi
-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1185 function returns positive value
, the DFA based scheduler will make
1186 multi
-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words
, we will
1187 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1188 insns on the same cycle.
*/
1190 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead
,
1191 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1192 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1193 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1194 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1195 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1196 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1197 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1198 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1199 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1200 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1202 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1203 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1204 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1205 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1206 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1207 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1208 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1209 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1210 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1212 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1213 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1214 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1216 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1219 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1220 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1221 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1222 passed as the parameter
, the insn will be not chosen to be issued.
*/
1224 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard
,
1226 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1227 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1228 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1229 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1230 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1231 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1232 number of cycles.\n\
1233 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1234 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1235 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1237 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1238 int
, (rtx_insn
*insn
, int ready_index
), NULL
)
1240 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1242 DATA is a pointer to target
-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1243 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1244 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1245 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1246 elements in READY_TRY to non
-zero.
1247 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1248 scheduling on current cycle.
*/
1250 (first_cycle_multipass_begin
,
1251 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1253 void
, (void
*data
, signed char
*ready_try
, int n_ready
, bool first_cycle_insn_p
),
1256 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1257 DATA is a pointer to target
-specific data that can be used to record effects
1258 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1259 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1260 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1261 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1262 elements in READY_TRY to non
-zero.
1263 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1264 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target
-specific data corresponding
1265 to a state before issuing INSN.
*/
1267 (first_cycle_multipass_issue
,
1268 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1269 void
, (void
*data
, signed char
*ready_try
, int n_ready
, rtx_insn
*insn
,
1270 const void
*prev_data
), NULL
)
1272 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1273 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1274 DATA is a pointer to target
-specific data that stores the effects
1275 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1277 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1278 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1279 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1280 elements in READY_TRY to non
-zero.
*/
1282 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack
,
1283 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1285 void
, (const void
*data
, signed char
*ready_try
, int n_ready
), NULL
)
1287 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1288 round of multipass scheduling.
1290 If DATA is non
-NULL it points to target
-specific data used for multipass
1291 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1292 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1293 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later
,
1294 usually after advancing the cycle count.
*/
1296 (first_cycle_multipass_end
,
1297 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1298 round of multipass scheduling.",
1299 void
, (const void
*data
), NULL
)
1301 /* This hook is called to initialize target
-specific data for multipass
1302 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1303 DATA is a pointer to target
-specific data that stores the effects
1304 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1305 described in DFA.
*/
1307 (first_cycle_multipass_init
,
1308 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1309 void
, (void
*data
), NULL
)
1311 /* This hook is called to finalize target
-specific data for multipass
1312 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1313 DATA is a pointer to target
-specific data that stores the effects
1314 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1315 described in DFA.
*/
1317 (first_cycle_multipass_fini
,
1318 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1319 void
, (void
*data
), NULL
)
1321 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1322 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1323 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero
, the
1324 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that
,
1325 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1326 the last parameter is zero
, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1327 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1328 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1329 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1330 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1331 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle.
*/
1334 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1335 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1336 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1337 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1338 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1339 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1340 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1341 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1342 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1343 and the current processor cycle.",
1344 int
, (FILE
*dump
, int verbose
, rtx_insn
*insn
, int last_clock
,
1345 int clock
, int
*sort_p
),
1348 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1349 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1350 which is considered costly by the target
, between the insn
1351 DEP_PRO (&_DEP
), and the insn
DEP_CON (&_DEP
). The first parameter is
1352 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1353 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1354 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1355 between the already scheduled
insn (first parameter
) and the
1356 second
insn (second parameter
).
*/
1358 (is_costly_dependence
,
1359 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1360 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1361 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1362 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1363 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1364 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1365 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1366 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1367 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1368 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1370 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1371 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1372 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1373 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1374 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1375 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1376 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1377 bool
, (struct _dep
*_dep
, int cost
, int distance
), NULL
)
1379 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1380 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1381 that new instructions were emitted.
*/
1384 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1385 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1386 per instruction data structures.",
1389 /* Next
5 functions are for multi
-point scheduling.
*/
1391 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context.
*/
1393 (alloc_sched_context
,
1394 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1395 void
*, (void
), NULL
)
1397 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context.
*/
1399 (init_sched_context
,
1400 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1401 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1402 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1403 void
, (void
*tc
, bool clean_p
), NULL
)
1405 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value.
*/
1408 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1409 void
, (void
*tc
), NULL
)
1411 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init.
*/
1413 (clear_sched_context
,
1414 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1415 void
, (void
*tc
), NULL
)
1417 /* Frees the scheduler context.
*/
1419 (free_sched_context
,
1420 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1421 void
, (void
*tc
), NULL
)
1423 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1424 by the insn scheduler.
1425 The first parameter is an instruction
, the second parameter is the type
1426 of the requested speculation
, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1427 speculative pattern of the corresponding
type (set if return value
== 1).
1429 -1, if there is no pattern
, that will satisfy the requested speculation type
,
1430 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type
,
1431 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1435 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1436 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1437 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1438 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1439 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1440 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1441 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1442 the generated speculative pattern.",
1443 int
, (rtx_insn
*insn
, unsigned int dep_status
, rtx
*new_pat
), NULL
)
1445 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1446 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1447 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block.
*/
1450 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1451 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1452 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1453 bool
, (unsigned int dep_status
), NULL
)
1455 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1456 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1458 The first parameter is a speculative instruction
, the second parameter
1459 is the label of the corresponding recovery
block (or null
, if it is a
1460 simple check
). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1461 is being performed.
*/
1464 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1465 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1466 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1467 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1468 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1469 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1470 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1471 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1472 rtx
, (rtx_insn
*insn
, rtx_insn
*label
, unsigned int ds
), NULL
)
1474 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1475 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1476 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable.
*/
1479 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1481 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1482 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1483 void
, (struct spec_info_def
*spec_info
), NULL
)
1487 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1488 unsigned int
, (rtx_insn
*insn
), NULL
)
1491 (get_insn_checked_ds
,
1492 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1493 unsigned int
, (rtx_insn
*insn
), NULL
)
1496 (can_speculate_insn
,
1497 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1498 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1499 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1500 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1501 should not be speculated.",
1502 bool
, (rtx_insn
*insn
), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true
)
1506 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1507 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1508 bool
, (const_rtx x
), NULL
)
1510 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1511 information about the target resource
-based lower bound which is
1512 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1516 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1517 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1518 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1519 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1520 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1521 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1522 int
, (struct ddg
*g
), NULL
)
1524 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1525 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1529 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1530 in its second parameter.",
1531 void
, (rtx_insn
*insn
, int x
),
1532 hook_void_rtx_insn_int
)
1534 /* The following member value is a function that returns true is
1535 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1536 as the second parameter is true.
*/
1539 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1540 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1541 bool
, (rtx_insn
*insn
, int x
),
1542 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false
)
1546 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1547 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1548 also the latencies of operations.",
1551 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1552 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1553 statements of the given type. By default
1 is used.
*/
1555 (reassociation_width
,
1556 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1557 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1558 int
, (unsigned int opc
, machine_mode mode
),
1559 hook_int_uint_mode_1
)
1561 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1562 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters.
*/
1565 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1566 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1567 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1569 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1570 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1571 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1572 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1573 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1574 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1576 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1577 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1578 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1579 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1580 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1581 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1582 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1583 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1586 Given below example:\n\
1595 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1597 @end smallexample\n\
1599 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1600 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1601 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1602 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1603 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1606 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1607 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1608 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1609 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1610 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1611 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1612 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1613 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1614 @end smallexample\n\
1616 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1617 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1618 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1624 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1629 @end smallexample\n\
1631 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1633 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1634 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1636 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1637 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1638 void
, (rtx_insn
*insn
, int max_pri
, int
*fusion_pri
, int
*pri
), NULL
)
1640 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched
)
1642 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and
__attribute__((simd
)) clones.
*/
1644 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1645 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE
, simd_clone
)
1648 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen
,
1649 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1650 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1651 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1652 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1653 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1654 int
, (struct cgraph_node
*, struct cgraph_simd_clone
*, tree
, int
), NULL
)
1658 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1659 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1660 void
, (struct cgraph_node *)
, NULL
)
1664 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1665 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1666 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1668 int
, (struct cgraph_node *)
, NULL
)
1670 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone
)
1672 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform.
*/
1674 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_SIMT_"
1675 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT
, simt
)
1679 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1682 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt
)
1684 /* Functions relating to OpenMP.
*/
1686 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_OMP_"
1687 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP
, omp
)
1690 (device_kind_arch_isa
,
1691 "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1692 device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1693 whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1694 but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1695 int
, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait
, const char
*name
), NULL
)
1697 HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp
)
1699 /* Functions relating to openacc.
*/
1701 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_GOACC_"
1702 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC
, goacc
)
1706 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1707 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1708 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1709 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\
1710 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1711 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1712 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1713 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1714 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1715 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1716 bool
, (tree decl
, int
*dims
, int fn_level
, unsigned used
),
1717 default_goacc_validate_dims
)
1721 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1722 or zero if unbounded.",
1724 default_goacc_dim_limit
)
1728 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1729 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1730 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1731 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1732 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1733 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1734 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1735 bool
, (gcall
*call
, const int
*dims
, bool is_fork
),
1736 default_goacc_fork_join
)
1740 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1741 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1742 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1743 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1744 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1745 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1746 void
, (gcall
*call
),
1747 default_goacc_reduction
)
1749 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc
)
1751 /* Functions relating to vectorization.
*/
1753 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1754 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE
, vectorize
)
1756 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1757 by the vectorizer
, and return the decl of the target builtin
1760 (builtin_mask_for_load
,
1761 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1762 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1763 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1764 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1766 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1767 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1768 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1769 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1770 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1771 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1772 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1773 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1774 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1775 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1776 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1778 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1779 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1780 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1781 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1782 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1784 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1785 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1786 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1789 /* Returns a built
-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1790 a target
-independent function
, or NULL_TREE if not available.
*/
1792 (builtin_vectorized_function
,
1793 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1794 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1795 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1796 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1797 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1798 tree
, (unsigned code
, tree vec_type_out
, tree vec_type_in
),
1799 default_builtin_vectorized_function
)
1801 /* Returns a built
-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1802 a target
-specific function
, or NULL_TREE if not available.
*/
1804 (builtin_md_vectorized_function
,
1805 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1806 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1807 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1808 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1809 tree
, (tree fndecl
, tree vec_type_out
, tree vec_type_in
),
1810 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function
)
1812 /* Cost of different vector
/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1813 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1814 on the data type and misalignment value.
*/
1816 (builtin_vectorization_cost
,
1817 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1818 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1819 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1820 int
, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost
, tree vectype
, int misalign
),
1821 default_builtin_vectorization_cost
)
1824 (preferred_vector_alignment
,
1825 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1826 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1827 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1828 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1829 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1832 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1833 correct for most targets.",
1834 poly_uint64
, (const_tree type
),
1835 default_preferred_vector_alignment
)
1837 /* Return true if vector alignment is
reachable (by peeling N
1838 iterations
) for the given scalar type.
*/
1840 (vector_alignment_reachable
,
1841 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1842 bool
, (const_tree type
, bool is_packed
),
1843 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable
)
1847 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1848 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1849 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1850 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1851 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1852 registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1853 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1855 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1856 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1858 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1859 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1860 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1861 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1862 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1863 implementation approaches itself.",
1864 bool
, (machine_mode mode
, rtx output
, rtx in0
, rtx in1
,
1865 const vec_perm_indices
&sel
),
1868 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store
/load of a
1869 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1870 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct.
*/
1872 (support_vector_misalignment
,
1873 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1874 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1875 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1876 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1877 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1879 (machine_mode mode
, const_tree type
, int misalignment
, bool is_packed
),
1880 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment
)
1882 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1885 (preferred_simd_mode
,
1886 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1887 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1888 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1889 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1892 default_preferred_simd_mode
)
1894 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to.
*/
1897 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1898 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1899 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1900 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1903 default_split_reduction
)
1905 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto
-vectorizing
1906 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode.
*/
1908 (autovectorize_vector_modes
,
1909 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1910 is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1911 @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\
1912 passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1913 for a given element mode.\n\
1915 The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1916 possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1917 integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\
1918 mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1921 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
1922 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1924 The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1925 @var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\
1927 @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1928 Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1929 with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1933 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1934 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1935 for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1938 (vector_modes
*modes
, bool all
),
1939 default_autovectorize_vector_modes
)
1943 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1944 to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1945 it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1946 the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1947 size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
1948 @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
1949 required properties.\n\
1951 There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
1952 is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
1953 as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
1954 fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
1955 same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
1956 if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
1957 might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
1958 elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
1961 The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
1962 requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
1963 when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
1965 (machine_mode vector_mode
, scalar_mode element_mode
, poly_uint64 nunits
),
1966 default_vectorize_related_mode
)
1968 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask.
*/
1971 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
1972 result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\
1973 can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
1974 booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
1975 @code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
1976 mask mode exists.\n\
1978 The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
1979 same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
1981 (machine_mode mode
),
1982 default_get_mask_mode
)
1984 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1985 mask is all zeros.
*/
1987 (empty_mask_is_expensive
,
1988 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1989 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1990 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
1993 default_empty_mask_is_expensive
)
1995 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation.
*/
1998 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1999 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2000 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2001 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
2004 (const_tree mem_vectype
, const_tree index_type
, int scale
),
2007 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation.
*/
2010 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
2011 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
2012 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
2013 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
2016 (const_tree vectype
, const_tree index_type
, int scale
),
2019 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block.
*/
2022 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
2023 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
2024 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
2025 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
2026 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
2027 "is being vectorized.",
2029 (class loop
*loop_info
),
2032 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
2033 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
2037 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
2038 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
2039 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
2040 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
2041 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
2042 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
2045 (class vec_info
*, void
*data
, int count
, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind
,
2046 class _stmt_vec_info
*stmt_info
, tree vectype
, int misalign
,
2047 enum vect_cost_model_location where
),
2048 default_add_stmt_cost
)
2050 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
2054 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
2055 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
2056 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
2057 "the three accumulators.",
2059 (void
*data
, unsigned
*prologue_cost
, unsigned
*body_cost
,
2060 unsigned
*epilogue_cost
),
2061 default_finish_cost
)
2063 /* Function to delete target
-specific cost modeling data.
*/
2066 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2067 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
2071 default_destroy_cost_data
)
2073 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize
)
2076 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_"
2079 (preferred_else_value
,
2080 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2081 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2082 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2083 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2084 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2086 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2087 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2088 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2090 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2091 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2092 constant of type @var{type}.",
2094 (unsigned ifn
, tree type
, unsigned nops
, tree
*ops
),
2095 default_preferred_else_value
)
2098 (record_offload_symbol
,
2099 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2100 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2101 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2106 (absolute_biggest_alignment
,
2107 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2108 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2109 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2110 HOST_WIDE_INT
, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT
)
2112 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2113 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2114 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma.
*/
2116 (override_options_after_change
,
2117 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2118 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2119 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2120 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2121 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2122 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2123 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2129 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2130 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2131 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2132 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2133 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2134 char
*, (void
), hook_charptr_void_null
)
2137 (eh_return_filter_mode
,
2138 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2139 scalar_int_mode
, (void
),
2140 default_eh_return_filter_mode
)
2142 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions.
*/
2144 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode
,
2145 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2146 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2147 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2149 scalar_int_mode
, (void
),
2150 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode
)
2152 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions.
*/
2154 (libgcc_shift_count_mode
,
2155 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2156 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2157 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2159 scalar_int_mode
, (void
),
2160 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode
)
2162 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type.
*/
2165 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2166 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2167 scalar_int_mode
, (void
),
2168 default_unwind_word_mode
)
2170 /* Given two decls
, merge their attributes and return the result.
*/
2172 (merge_decl_attributes
,
2173 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2174 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2175 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2176 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2177 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2178 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2179 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2181 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2182 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2183 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2184 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2185 will then define a function called\n\
2186 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2187 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2188 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2189 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2190 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2191 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2192 tree
, (tree olddecl
, tree newdecl
),
2193 merge_decl_attributes
)
2195 /* Given two types
, merge their attributes and return the result.
*/
2197 (merge_type_attributes
,
2198 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2199 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2200 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2201 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2202 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2204 tree
, (tree type1
, tree type2
),
2205 merge_type_attributes
)
2207 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2211 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2212 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2213 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2214 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2216 const struct attribute_spec
*, NULL
)
2218 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2221 (attribute_takes_identifier_p
,
2222 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2223 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2224 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2225 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2226 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2227 bool
, (const_tree name
),
2228 hook_bool_const_tree_false
)
2230 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible
,
2231 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2232 (which causes a warning to be generated
).
*/
2234 (comp_type_attributes
,
2235 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2236 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2237 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2238 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2239 supposed always to be compatible.",
2240 int
, (const_tree type1
, const_tree type2
),
2241 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1
)
2243 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined
TYPE.
*/
2245 (set_default_type_attributes
,
2246 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2247 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2251 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL.
*/
2254 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2255 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2256 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2257 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2258 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2259 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2260 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2261 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2262 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2264 void
, (tree node
, tree
*attr_ptr
),
2265 hook_void_tree_treeptr
)
2267 /* Perform additional target
-specific processing of generic attributes.
*/
2269 (handle_generic_attribute
,
2270 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2271 target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2272 by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2273 attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2274 @var{section} attribute.",
2275 tree
, (tree
*node
, tree name
, tree args
, int flags
, bool
*no_add_attrs
),
2276 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null
)
2278 /* Return true if
FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute
)
2279 can be inlined despite its machine attributes
, false otherwise.
*/
2281 (function_attribute_inlinable_p
,
2282 "@cindex inlining\n\
2283 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2284 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2285 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2286 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2287 bool
, (const_tree fndecl
),
2288 hook_bool_const_tree_false
)
2290 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2291 Microsoft Visual C
++ bitfield layout rules.
*/
2293 (ms_bitfield_layout_p
,
2294 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2295 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2296 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2297 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2298 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2299 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2300 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2301 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2302 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2303 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2304 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2306 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2307 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2308 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2309 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2310 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2311 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2312 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2314 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2315 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2316 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2317 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2318 may affect its placement.",
2319 bool
, (const_tree record_type
),
2320 hook_bool_const_tree_false
)
2322 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2323 target
-independent code like the front ends
, need performance testing
2324 before switching completely to the target hook.
*/
2329 targhook_words_big_endian
)
2331 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN.
*/
2333 (float_words_big_endian
,
2336 targhook_float_words_big_endian
)
2339 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p
,
2340 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2341 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2342 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2343 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2344 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2345 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2348 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p
)
2350 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point.
*/
2352 (decimal_float_supported_p
,
2353 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2355 default_decimal_float_supported_p
)
2357 /* True if the target supports fixed
-point.
*/
2359 (fixed_point_supported_p
,
2360 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2362 default_fixed_point_supported_p
)
2364 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment.
*/
2366 (align_anon_bitfield
,
2367 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2368 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2369 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2370 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2372 hook_bool_void_false
)
2374 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2375 Return false if they should use the container type.
*/
2377 (narrow_volatile_bitfield
,
2378 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2379 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2380 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2382 The default is @code{false}.",
2384 hook_bool_void_false
)
2386 /* Set up target
-specific built
-in functions.
*/
2389 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2390 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2393 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2394 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2395 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2396 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2398 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2399 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2400 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2401 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2402 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2403 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2407 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true
) and return the target
-specific
2408 built
-in function decl for CODE.
2409 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2410 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes.
*/
2413 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2414 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2415 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2416 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2417 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2418 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2419 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2420 tree
, (unsigned code
, bool initialize_p
), NULL
)
2422 /* Expand a target
-specific builtin.
*/
2426 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2427 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2428 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2429 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2430 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2431 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2432 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2433 built-in function.",
2435 (tree exp
, rtx target
, rtx subtarget
, machine_mode mode
, int ignore
),
2436 default_expand_builtin
)
2438 /* Select a replacement for a target
-specific builtin. This is done
2439 *before
* regular type checking
, and so allows the target to
2440 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2441 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2442 has type
VEC(tree
,gc
)*, but we don
't want to include tree.h here. */
2444 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2445 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2446 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2447 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2448 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2449 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2450 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2451 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2452 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2453 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2454 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2457 (check_builtin_call,
2458 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2459 function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2460 signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2461 and return false.\n\
2463 This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2464 The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2465 but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2466 step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\
2467 location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2468 of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2470 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2471 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2474 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2478 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2479 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2480 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2481 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2482 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2483 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If
\n\
2484 @var
{ignore
} is true the value will be ignored.
",
2485 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2486 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2488 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2490 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2491 "Fold a call to a machine specific built
-in function that was set up
\n\
2492 by @samp
{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS
}. @var
{gsi
} points to the gimple
\n\
2493 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change
\n\
2494 was made to the GIMPLE stream.
",
2495 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2496 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2498 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2499 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2500 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2501 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2502 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2503 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2504 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2505 and 0 if they are the same. */
2507 (compare_version_priority,
2508 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
\n\
2509 determine which function
's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2510 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2511 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2512 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2513 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2514 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2516 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2517 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2518 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2519 must be generated. */
2521 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2522 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2523 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2524 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2525 body must be generated.",
2526 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2528 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2529 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2530 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2531 identical versions. */
2533 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2534 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2535 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2536 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2537 identical versions.",
2538 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2540 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2541 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2543 (builtin_reciprocal,
2544 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2545 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2546 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2547 tree, (tree fndecl),
2548 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2550 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2551 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2555 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2556 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2557 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2558 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2559 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2560 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2561 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2562 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2565 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2566 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2567 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2568 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2569 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2570 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2571 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2572 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2573 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2574 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2575 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2576 spaces in your string.\n\
2578 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2579 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant
, you
\n\
2580 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code
{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
}\n\
2583 The default version of this hook always returns @code
{NULL
}, which is
\n\
2584 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental
\n\
2586 const char *, (const_tree type),
2587 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2589 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2592 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename
\n\
2593 existing ones
, using the functions @code
{set_optab_libfunc
} and
\n\
2594 @code
{init_one_libfunc
} defined in @file
{optabs.c
}.
\n\
2595 @code
{init_optabs
} calls this macro after initializing all the normal
\n\
2596 library routines.
\n\
2598 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don
't need to define this hook.",
2602 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2604 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2605 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2606 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2607 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2608 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2609 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2610 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2613 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2614 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2615 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2617 (section_type_flags,
2618 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2619 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2620 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var
{decl
} may be
\n\
2621 null
, in which case read
-write data should be assumed.
\n\
2623 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data
,\n\
2624 read
-only vs read
-write data
, and @code
{flag_pic
}. You should only
\n\
2625 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be
\n\
2626 set via @code
{__attribute__
}.
",
2627 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2628 default_section_type_flags)
2632 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions
\n\
2633 @var
{fn_class
} is present in the target C library. If @var
{type
} is NULL
,\n\
2634 the caller asks for support for all
standard (float
, double
, long double
)\n\
2635 types. If @var
{type
} is non
-NULL
, the caller asks for support for a
\n\
2637 bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type),
2638 default_libc_has_function)
2641 (libc_has_fast_function,
2642 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions
\n\
2643 @code
{(enum function_class
)}@var
{fcode
} has a fast implementation.
",
2645 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2647 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2648 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2650 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2651 "This target hook returns @code
{true
} past the point in which new jump
\n\
2652 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for
\n\
2653 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5
, this point would typically be
\n\
2654 reload
, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as
:\n\
2658 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2660 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress
);\n\
2664 hook_bool_void_false)
2666 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2669 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions
;\
2670 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE
;\
2671 false
, if it can
't.\
2672 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2673 follow through a hot
/cold partitioning.
",
2674 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2675 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2677 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2679 (have_conditional_execution,
2680 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.
\n\
2681 This target hook is required only when the target has several different
\n\
2682 modes and they have different conditional execution capability
, such as ARM.
",
2684 default_have_conditional_execution)
2688 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a
\n\
2689 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison
\n\
2690 with @code
{CC
} for passing to @code
{gen_ccmp_next
} or @code
{cbranch_optab
}.
\n\
2691 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var
{prep_seq
} and the compare
\n\
2692 insns are saved in @var
{gen_seq
}. They will be emitted when all the
\n\
2693 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.
\n\
2694 @var
{code
} is the @code
{rtx_code
} of the compare for @var
{op0
} and @var
{op1
}.
",
2695 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2700 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence
\n\
2701 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with
\n\
2702 @code
{CC
} for passing to @code
{gen_ccmp_next
} or @code
{cbranch_optab
}.
\n\
2703 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var
{prep_seq
} and the compare
\n\
2704 insns are saved in @var
{gen_seq
}. They will be emitted when all the
\n\
2705 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The
\n\
2706 @var
{prev
} expression is the result of a prior call to @code
{gen_ccmp_first
}\n\
2707 or @code
{gen_ccmp_next
}. It may return @code
{NULL
} if the combination of
\n\
2708 @var
{prev
} and this comparison is not supported
, otherwise the result must
\n\
2709 be appropriate for passing to @code
{gen_ccmp_next
} or @code
{cbranch_optab
}.
\n\
2710 @var
{code
} is the @code
{rtx_code
} of the compare for @var
{op0
} and @var
{op1
}.
\n\
2711 @var
{bit_code
} is @code
{AND} or @code
{IOR
}, which is the op on the compares.
",
2712 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2715 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2717 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2718 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var
{loop
}\n\
2719 should be unrolled. The parameter @var
{nunroll
} is the number of times
\n\
2720 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var
{loop
} is a pointer to
\n\
2721 the loop
, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook
\n\
2722 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum
\n\
2723 number of memory accesses.
",
2724 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
2727 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2729 (legitimate_constant_p,
2730 "This hook returns true if @var
{x
} is a legitimate constant for a
\n\
2731 @var
{mode
}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that
\n\
2732 @var
{x
} satisfies @code
{CONSTANT_P
}, so you need not check this.
\n\
2734 The default definition returns true.
",
2735 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2736 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2738 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2740 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2741 "This hook should return true if @var
{x
} is of a form that
cannot (or
\n\
2742 should not
) be spilled to the constant pool. @var
{mode
} is the mode
\n\
2745 The default version of this hook returns false.
\n\
2747 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from
\n\
2748 deciding that a non
-legitimate constant would be better reloaded
\n\
2749 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register
\n\
2750 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses
\n\
2751 of TLS symbols for various targets.
",
2752 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2753 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2756 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2757 "True if the insn @var
{x
} cannot be duplicated.
",
2758 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2760 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2763 "This target hook returns @code
{true
} if @var
{x
} is considered to be commutative.
\n\
2764 Usually
, this is just
COMMUTATIVE_P (@var
{x
}), but the HP PA doesn
't consider\n\
2765 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2766 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2767 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2768 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2770 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2771 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2773 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2774 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2775 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2776 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2777 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2780 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2781 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2782 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2783 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2785 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2787 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2788 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2789 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2791 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2792 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2794 (legitimize_address,
2795 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2796 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2799 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2800 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2801 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2804 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2805 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2806 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2808 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2809 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2810 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2811 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2812 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2813 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2814 strategy can generate better code.",
2815 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2816 default_legitimize_address)
2818 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2820 (delegitimize_address,
2821 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2822 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2823 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2824 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2825 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand
\n\
2826 the semantics of these opaque @code
{UNSPEC
}s by converting them back
\n\
2827 into their original form.
",
2829 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2831 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2834 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2835 "This hook should return true if @var
{x
} should not be emitted into
\n\
2838 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2840 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2842 (legitimate_address_p,
2843 "A function that returns whether @var
{x
} (an RTX
) is a legitimate memory
\n\
2844 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var
{mode
}.
\n\
2846 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants
: a strict variant and a
\n\
2847 non
-strict one. The @var
{strict
} parameter chooses which variant is
\n\
2848 desired by the caller.
\n\
2850 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so
\n\
2851 that any pseudo
-register that has not been allocated a hard register is
\n\
2852 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some
\n\
2853 kind of register is required
, a pseudo
-register with no hard register
\n\
2854 must be rejected. For non
-hard registers
, the strict variant should look
\n\
2855 up the @code
{reg_renumber
} array
; it should then proceed using the hard
\n\
2856 register number in the array
, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference
\n\
2857 if the array holds @code
{-1}.
\n\
2859 The non
-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to
\n\
2860 accept all pseudo
-registers in every context where some kind of
\n\
2861 register is required.
\n\
2863 Normally
, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code
{symbol_ref
}\n\
2864 and an integer are stored inside a @code
{const
} RTX to mark them as
\n\
2865 constant. Therefore
, there is no need to recognize such sums
\n\
2866 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply
\n\
2867 recognize any @code
{const
} as legitimate.
\n\
2869 Usually @code
{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS
} is not prepared to handle constant
\n\
2870 sums that are not marked with @code
{const
}. It assumes that a naked
\n\
2871 @code
{plus
} indicates indexing. If so
, then you @emph
{must
} reject such
\n\
2872 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses
, so that none of them will
\n\
2873 be given to @code
{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS
}.
\n\
2875 @cindex @code
{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
} and address validation
\n\
2876 On some machines
, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on
\n\
2877 the section that the address refers to. On these machines
, define the
\n\
2878 target hook @code
{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO
} to store the information
\n\
2879 into the @code
{symbol_ref
}, and then check for it here. When you see a
\n\
2880 @code
{const
}, you will have to look inside it to find the
\n\
2881 @code
{symbol_ref
} in order to determine the section. @xref
{Assembler
\n\
2884 @cindex @code
{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS
}\n\
2885 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for
\n\
2886 this hook
, the @code
{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS
} macro. This macro
\n\
2890 #define
GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var
{mode
}, @var
{x
}, @var
{label
})\n\
2894 and should @code
{goto @var
{label
}} if the address @var
{x
} is a valid
\n\
2895 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var
{mode
}.
\n\
2897 @findex REG_OK_STRICT
\n\
2898 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this
\n\
2899 macro define the macro @code
{REG_OK_STRICT
}. You should use an
\n\
2900 @code
{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT
} conditional to define the strict variant in
\n\
2901 that case and the non
-strict variant otherwise.
\n\
2903 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of
\n\
2904 files that are recompiled when changes are made.
",
2905 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2906 default_legitimate_address_p)
2908 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2910 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2911 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var
{x
} can
\n\
2912 be placed in an @code
{object_block
} structure. @var
{mode
} is the mode
\n\
2915 The default version returns false for all constants.
",
2916 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2917 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2919 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2921 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2922 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var
{decl
} should
\n\
2923 be placed in an @code
{object_block
} structure.
\n\
2925 The default version returns true for all decls.
",
2926 bool, (const_tree decl),
2927 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2929 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2932 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.
\n\
2933 On most targets
, it should be the smallest offset that can be
\n\
2934 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address
\n\
2935 for every mode. The default value is
0.
",
2940 "Like @code
{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET
}, but the
maximum (inclusive
)\n\
2941 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default
\n\
2945 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2947 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2948 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code
{SYMBOL_REF
}\n\
2949 @var
{x
}. You can assume @samp
{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var
{x
})} and
\n\
2950 @samp
{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var
{x
})}.
\n\
2952 The default version is correct for most targets
, but you might need to
\n\
2953 intercept this hook to handle things like target
-specific attributes
\n\
2954 or target
-specific sections.
",
2955 bool, (const_rtx x),
2956 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2958 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2961 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.
\n\
2962 The support includes the assembler
, linker and dynamic linker.
\n\
2963 The default value of this hook is based on target
's libc.",
2965 default_has_ifunc_p)
2967 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2968 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2969 this is an indirect call. */
2971 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2972 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2973 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2974 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2976 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2977 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2978 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2979 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
2980 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2981 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2982 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2983 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2985 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2986 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2987 level, outside of any function scope. */
2989 (set_current_function,
2990 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2991 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2992 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2993 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2994 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2995 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2996 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2997 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2998 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3000 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3001 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3002 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3003 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3004 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3005 outside of any function scope.",
3006 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3008 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
3011 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3012 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3013 bool, (const_tree exp),
3014 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3016 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3017 to the current executable or shared library. */
3020 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3021 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3022 or executable image).\n\
3024 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3025 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3026 currently supported object file formats.",
3027 bool, (const_tree exp),
3028 default_binds_local_p)
3030 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3032 (profile_before_prologue,
3033 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3034 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3035 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3037 default_profile_before_prologue)
3039 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3042 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3043 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3044 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3045 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3046 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3047 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3049 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3051 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name
,
3052 originally identified by ID
, as required by the target
,
3053 (eg
, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names
).
3054 The default is to return ID without modification.
*/
3056 (mangle_decl_assembler_name
,
3057 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3058 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3059 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3060 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3061 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3062 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3063 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3064 tree
, (tree decl
, tree id
),
3065 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name
)
3067 /* Do something target
-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3068 the associated SYMBOL_REF.
*/
3070 (encode_section_info
,
3071 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3072 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3073 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3075 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3076 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3077 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3078 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3079 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3081 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3082 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3083 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3084 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3085 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3088 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3089 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3090 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3091 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3092 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3093 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3095 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3096 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3097 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3098 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3099 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3100 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3102 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3103 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3104 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3105 before overriding it.",
3106 void
, (tree decl
, rtx rtl
, int new_decl_p
),
3107 default_encode_section_info
)
3109 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string.
*/
3111 (strip_name_encoding
,
3112 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3113 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3115 const char
*, (const char
*name
),
3116 default_strip_name_encoding
)
3118 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count
,
3119 return the mask that they apply. Return
0 otherwise.
*/
3121 (shift_truncation_mask
,
3122 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3123 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3124 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3126 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3127 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3128 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3129 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3130 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3131 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3133 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3134 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3135 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3137 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3138 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3139 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3140 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3141 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3143 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, (machine_mode mode
),
3144 default_shift_truncation_mask
)
3146 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present
,
3147 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3150 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul
,
3151 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3152 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3153 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3154 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3155 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3156 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3157 unsigned int
, (machine_mode mode
),
3158 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul
)
3161 (truly_noop_truncation
,
3162 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3163 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3164 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3165 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3166 is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
3167 returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
3168 optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
3170 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3171 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3172 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3173 bool
, (poly_uint64 outprec
, poly_uint64 inprec
),
3174 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true
)
3176 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3177 always sign
-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3178 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise.
*/
3179 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE
, but that
's not
3180 necessarily defined at this point. */
3183 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3184 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3185 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3186 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3187 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3188 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3189 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3190 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3191 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3192 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3194 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3195 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3196 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3197 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3199 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3200 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3201 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3202 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3205 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3206 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3208 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3209 default_mode_rep_extended)
3212 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3213 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3214 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3215 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3217 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3218 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3219 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3220 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3221 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3222 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3224 hook_bool_void_false)
3226 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3228 (valid_pointer_mode,
3229 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3230 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3231 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3232 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3233 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3235 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3237 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3238 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3239 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3240 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3241 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3243 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
3244 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3246 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3248 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3249 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3251 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3254 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3255 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3256 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3257 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3258 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3260 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3263 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3264 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3265 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3266 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3267 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3269 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3270 in another address space. */
3272 (valid_pointer_mode,
3273 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3274 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3275 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3276 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3277 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3278 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3279 target hooks for the given address space.",
3280 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3281 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3283 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3284 space for a given mode. */
3286 (legitimate_address_p,
3287 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3288 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3289 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3290 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3291 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3292 explicit named address space support.",
3293 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3294 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3296 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3297 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3298 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3300 (legitimize_address,
3301 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3302 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3303 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3304 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3305 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3306 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3308 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3311 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3312 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3313 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3314 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3315 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3316 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3317 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3318 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3320 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3321 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3323 (zero_address_valid,
3324 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3325 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3326 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3327 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3329 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3332 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3333 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3334 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3335 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3336 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3337 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3338 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3339 default_addr_space_convert)
3341 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3344 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3345 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3346 int, (addr_space_t as),
3347 default_addr_space_debug)
3349 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3352 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3353 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3354 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3355 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3356 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3357 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3358 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3359 The default implementation does nothing.",
3360 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3361 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3363 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3366 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3369 (lower_local_decl_alignment,
3370 "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
3371 decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
3376 (static_rtx_alignment,
3377 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3378 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3379 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3380 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3381 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3382 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3385 (constant_alignment,
3386 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3387 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3388 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3390 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3392 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3393 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3394 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3395 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3396 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3397 default_constant_alignment)
3400 (translate_mode_attribute,
3401 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3402 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's
\n\
3403 @code
{KFmode
}, when it is the same as @code
{TFmode
}.
\n\
3405 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.
",
3406 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3407 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3409 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid
", we mean able to
3410 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3411 the arithmetic is supported. */
3413 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3414 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle
\n\
3415 insns involving scalar mode @var
{mode
}. For a scalar mode to be
\n\
3416 considered supported
, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons
\n\
3419 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode
\n\
3420 required to handle the basic C
types (as defined by the port
).
\n\
3421 Included here are the double
-word arithmetic supported by the
\n\
3422 code in @file
{optabs.c
}.
",
3423 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3424 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3426 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported
" here is less strict. At
3427 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3428 for further details. */
3430 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3431 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle
\n\
3432 insns involving vector mode @var
{mode
}. At the very least
, it
\n\
3433 must have move patterns for this mode.
",
3434 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3435 hook_bool_mode_false)
3438 (compatible_vector_types_p,
3439 "Return true if there is no target
-specific reason for treating
\n\
3440 vector types @var
{type1
} and @var
{type2
} as distinct types. The caller
\n\
3441 has already checked for target
-independent reasons
, meaning that the
\n\
3442 types are known to have the same mode
, to have the same number of elements
,\n\
3443 and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.
\n\
3445 The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types
\n\
3446 that are handled differently by the target
's calling convention.\n\
3447 For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3448 to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3449 @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3450 before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\
3451 provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3452 and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\
3453 a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3454 architecture-specific ones.\n\
3456 The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3457 bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
3458 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
3462 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3463 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3464 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3465 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3466 the vector element type.",
3467 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3468 default_vector_alignment)
3472 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3473 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3474 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3475 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3476 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3477 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3478 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3479 used in specific cases.\n\
3481 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3482 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3483 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3484 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3486 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3487 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3489 (array_mode_supported_p,
3490 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3491 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3492 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3493 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3495 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3496 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3497 has operations like:\n\
3500 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3501 @end smallexample\n\
3503 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3506 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3510 @end smallexample\n\
3512 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3513 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3514 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3515 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3516 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3519 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3520 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3521 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3522 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3523 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3524 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3525 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3526 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3530 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3531 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3532 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3533 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3534 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3535 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3536 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3537 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3538 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3539 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3540 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3541 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3542 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3543 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3544 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3545 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3546 default_floatn_mode)
3550 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3551 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3552 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3553 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3554 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3555 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3556 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3557 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3559 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3561 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3564 (register_move_cost,
3565 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3566 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3567 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3568 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3571 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3572 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3573 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3575 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3576 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3577 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3578 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3579 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3580 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.
\n\
3582 The default version of this function returns
2.
",
3583 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3584 default_register_move_cost)
3586 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3587 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3588 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3591 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var
{mode
}\n\
3592 between a register of class @var
{rclass
} and memory
; @var
{in
} is @code
{false
}\n\
3593 if the value is to be written to memory
, @code
{true
} if it is to be read in.
\n\
3594 This cost is relative to those in @code
{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST
}.
\n\
3595 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two
\n\
3596 registers
, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.
\n\
3598 If you do not add this target hook
, GCC uses a default cost of
4 plus
\n\
3599 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register
, if one is
\n\
3600 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy
\n\
3601 between memory and a register of @var
{rclass
} but the reload mechanism is
\n\
3602 more complex than copying via an intermediate
, use this target hook to
\n\
3603 reflect the actual cost of the move.
\n\
3605 GCC defines the function @code
{memory_move_secondary_cost
} if
\n\
3606 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via
\n\
3607 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a
\n\
3608 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of
\n\
3609 4 is not correct for your machine
, use this target hook to add some other
\n\
3610 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function
\n\
3611 are the same as to this target hook.
",
3612 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3613 default_memory_move_cost)
3616 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3617 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between
\n\
3618 two areas of memory
, or to set
, clear or store to memory
, for example
\n\
3619 when copying a @code
{struct
}. The @code
{by_pieces
} infrastructure
\n\
3620 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load
, store or move
\n\
3621 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the
\n\
3622 @code
{cpymem
} or @code
{setmem
} optabs
, to emit a library call
, or to emit
\n\
3623 unit
-by
-unit
, loop
-based operations.
\n\
3625 This target hook should return true if
, for a memory operation with a
\n\
3626 given @var
{size
} and @var
{alignment
}, using the @code
{by_pieces
}\n\
3627 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.
\n\
3628 Both @var
{size
} and @var
{alignment
} are measured in terms of storage
\n\
3631 The parameter @var
{op
} is one of
: @code
{CLEAR_BY_PIECES
},\n\
3632 @code
{MOVE_BY_PIECES
}, @code
{SET_BY_PIECES
}, @code
{STORE_BY_PIECES
} or
\n\
3633 @code
{COMPARE_BY_PIECES
}. These describe the type of memory operation
\n\
3634 under consideration.
\n\
3636 The parameter @var
{speed_p
} is true if the code is currently being
\n\
3637 optimized for speed rather than size.
\n\
3639 Returning true for higher values of @var
{size
} can improve code generation
\n\
3640 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the
\n\
3641 @code
{cpymem
} or @code
{setmem
} standard names
, if the @code
{cpymem
} or
\n\
3642 @code
{setmem
} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of
\n\
3643 insns
, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of
\n\
3644 the body of the memory operation.
\n\
3646 Returning true for higher values of @code
{size
} may also cause an increase
\n\
3647 in code size
, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a
\n\
3648 move would be greater than that of a library call.
",
3649 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3650 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3651 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3654 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3655 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE
, gcc can try to reduce the
\n\
3656 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook
\n\
3657 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the
\n\
3658 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with
\n\
3659 one comparison per @var
{mode
}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a
\n\
3660 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a
\n\
3661 negative number from this hook.
",
3662 int, (machine_mode mode),
3663 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3666 (slow_unaligned_access,
3667 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the
\n\
3668 @var
{mode
} and @var
{alignment
} parameters have a cost many times greater
\n\
3669 than aligned accesses
, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.
\n\
3670 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses
, i.e.@
: when
\n\
3671 @code
{@var
{alignment
} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var
{mode
})}.
\n\
3673 When this hook returns true
, the compiler will act as if
\n\
3674 @code
{STRICT_ALIGNMENT
} were true when generating code for block
\n\
3675 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.
\n\
3676 Therefore
, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only
\n\
3677 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.
\n\
3679 The hook must return true whenever @code
{STRICT_ALIGNMENT
} is true.
\n\
3680 The default implementation returns @code
{STRICT_ALIGNMENT
}.
",
3681 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3682 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3686 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var
{op
} with
\n\
3687 modes @var
{mode1
} and @var
{mode2
} for optimization type @var
{opt_type
}.
\n\
3688 The optab is known to have an associated @file
{.md
} instruction
\n\
3689 whose C condition is true. @var
{mode2
} is only meaningful for conversion
\n\
3690 optabs
; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var
{mode1
}.
\n\
3692 For example
, when called with @var
{op
} equal to @code
{rint_optab
} and
\n\
3693 @var
{mode1
} equal to @code
{DFmode
}, the hook should say whether the
\n\
3694 optimizers should use optab @code
{rintdf2
}.
\n\
3696 The default hook returns true for all inputs.
",
3697 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3698 optimization_type opt_type),
3699 default_optab_supported_p)
3701 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3702 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3703 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3704 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3706 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3707 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has
\n\
3708 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given
\n\
3709 @var
{mode
}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers
\n\
3710 in @var
{mode
}. The hook may be called with @code
{VOIDmode
} as argument.
\n\
3711 In this case
, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero
\n\
3714 On some machines
, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary
\n\
3715 insns. Typically
, these machines have instructions that require values
\n\
3716 to be in specific
registers (like an accumulator
), and reload will fail
\n\
3717 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an
\n\
3720 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used
\n\
3721 in an instruction
, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in
\n\
3722 the instruction are already known. And for some machines
, register
\n\
3723 classes are small for
, say
, integer registers but not for floating point
\n\
3724 registers. For example
, the AMD x86
-64 architecture requires specific
\n\
3725 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions
, but there are many
\n\
3726 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets
, a good
\n\
3727 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code
{INTEGRAL_MODE_P
}\n\
3728 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.
\n\
3730 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always
\n\
3731 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you
\n\
3732 unnecessarily define it
, you will reduce the amount of optimizations
\n\
3733 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook
\n\
3734 to return a nonzero value when it is required
, the compiler will run out
\n\
3735 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.
",
3736 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3737 hook_bool_mode_false)
3739 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3740 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3743 "If the target has a dedicated flags register
, and it needs to use the
\n\
3744 post
-reload comparison elimination pass
, or the delay slot filler pass
,\n\
3745 then this value should be set appropriately.
",
3746 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3748 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3749 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3750 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3751 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3752 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3755 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.
\n\
3757 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression
, which is
\n\
3758 available for examination in @var
{x
}, and the fact that @var
{x
} appears
\n\
3759 as operand @var
{opno
} of an expression with rtx code @var
{outer_code
}.
\n\
3760 That is
, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var
{y
} such
\n\
3761 that @samp
{GET_CODE (@var
{y
}) == @var
{outer_code
}} and such that
\n\
3762 either (a
) @samp
{XEXP (@var
{y
}, @var
{opno
}) == @var
{x
}} or
\n\
3763 (b
) @samp
{XVEC (@var
{y
}, @var
{opno
})} contains @var
{x
}.
\n\
3765 @var
{mode
} is @var
{x
}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3766 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3768 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3769 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3772 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3773 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3774 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3775 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3776 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3778 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3779 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3780 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3782 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3783 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3784 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3785 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3787 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3788 invalid addresses. */
3791 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3792 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3793 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3795 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3796 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3797 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3798 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3800 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3801 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3802 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3804 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3805 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3806 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3807 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3808 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3809 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3810 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3811 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3813 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3815 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3816 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3817 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3818 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3819 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3820 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3821 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3822 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3823 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3824 default_address_cost)
3826 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3829 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3831 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3832 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3835 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3836 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3837 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3838 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3840 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3841 well defined units. */
3843 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3844 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3845 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3846 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3847 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3848 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3849 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3850 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3851 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3852 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3854 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3855 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3858 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3859 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3860 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3861 unsigned int, (edge e),
3862 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3864 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3865 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3867 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3868 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3869 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3871 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3872 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3874 /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
3877 (new_address_profitable_p,
3878 "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\
3879 @var{memref} with @var{new_addr}. This allows targets to prevent the\n\
3880 scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the\n\
3881 memref is @var{insn}. The default implementation returns @code{true}.",
3882 bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
3883 default_new_address_profitable_p)
3886 (estimated_poly_value,
3887 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3888 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. The default\n\
3889 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3890 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val),
3891 default_estimated_poly_value)
3893 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3896 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3897 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3898 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3899 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3900 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3901 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3902 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3903 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3904 hook_bool_void_false)
3906 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3908 (allocate_initial_value,
3910 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3911 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3912 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3913 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3914 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3915 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3916 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3917 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want
\n\
3918 to do any special allocation
, a @code
{REG
} rtx
---that would typically be
\n\
3919 the hard register itself
, if it is known not to be clobbered
---or a
\n\
3921 If you are returning a @code
{MEM
}, this is only a hint for the allocator
;\n\
3922 it might decide to use another register anyways.
\n\
3923 You may use @code
{current_function_is_leaf
} or
\n\
3924 @code
{REG_N_SETS
} in the hook to determine if the hard
\n\
3925 register in question will not be clobbered.
\n\
3926 The default value of this hook is @code
{NULL
}, which disables any special
\n\
3928 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3930 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3931 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3934 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var
{x
}, an @code
{unspec
} or
\n\
3935 @code
{unspec_volatile
} operation
, might cause a trap. Targets can use
\n\
3936 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code
{unspec
} and
\n\
3937 @code
{unspec_volatile
} operations. You may call @code
{may_trap_p_1
}\n\
3938 to analyze inner elements of @var
{x
} in which case @var
{flags
} should be
\n\
3940 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3941 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3943 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3944 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3945 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3946 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3947 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3948 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3950 (dwarf_register_span,
3951 "Given a register
, this hook should return a parallel of registers to
\n\
3952 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the
\n\
3953 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non
-contiguous
\n\
3954 locations
, or if the register should be represented in more than one
\n\
3955 register in Dwarf. Otherwise
, this hook should return @code
{NULL_RTX
}.
\n\
3956 If not defined
, the default is to return @code
{NULL_RTX
}.
",
3960 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3963 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3964 "Given a register
, this hook should return the mode which the
\n\
3965 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally
\n\
3966 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call
\n\
3967 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size
",
3968 machine_mode, (int regno),
3969 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3971 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3972 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3973 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3974 code, given the address of the table. */
3976 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3977 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf
-2 unwind information in
\n\
3978 multiple pieces
, define this hook to fill in information about the
\n\
3979 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.
\n\
3980 It will be called by @code
{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes
} after
\n\
3981 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register
;\n\
3982 @var
{address
} is the address of the table.
",
3983 void, (tree address),
3986 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3987 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3988 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3989 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3990 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3991 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3992 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3994 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3995 "On targets which do not use @code
{(cc0
)}, and which use a hard
\n\
3996 register rather than a pseudo
-register to hold condition codes
, the
\n\
3997 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the
\n\
3998 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a
\n\
3999 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true
\n\
4000 to enable this pass
, and it should set the integers to which its
\n\
4001 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.
\n\
4002 When there is only one such register
, as is true on most systems
, the
\n\
4003 integer pointed to by @var
{p2
} should be set to
\n\
4004 @code
{INVALID_REGNUM
}.
\n\
4006 The default version of this hook returns false.
",
4007 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
4008 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
4010 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
4011 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
4012 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
4013 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
4016 (cc_modes_compatible,
4017 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class
\n\
4018 @code
{MODE_CC
}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be
\n\
4019 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system
, define this
\n\
4020 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which
\n\
4021 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode
,\n\
4022 return @code
{VOIDmode
}.
\n\
4024 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the
\n\
4025 same. If they are
, it returns that mode. If they are different
, it
\n\
4026 returns @code
{VOIDmode
}.
",
4027 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
4028 default_cc_modes_compatible)
4030 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4031 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4033 (machine_dependent_reorg,
4034 "If non
-null
, this hook performs a target
-specific pass over the
\n\
4035 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels
,\n\
4036 just before the point at which it normally does delayed
-branch scheduling.
\n\
4038 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use
\n\
4039 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness
, such as
\n\
4040 laying out in
-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.
\n\
4041 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine
-dependent optimizations.
\n\
4043 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default
\n\
4044 definition is null.
",
4047 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4049 (build_builtin_va_list,
4050 "This hook returns a type node for @code
{va_list
} for the target.
\n\
4051 The default version of the hook returns @code
{void
*}.
",
4053 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4055 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4058 "This target hook is used in function @code
{c_common_nodes_and_builtins
}\n\
4059 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The
\n\
4060 variable @var
{idx
} is used as iterator. @var
{pname
} has to be a pointer
\n\
4061 to a @code
{const char
*} and @var
{ptree
} a pointer to a @code
{tree
} typed
\n\
4063 The arguments @var
{pname
} and @var
{ptree
} are used to store the result of
\n\
4064 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its
\n\
4066 If the return value of this macro is zero
, then there is no more element.
\n\
4067 Otherwise the @var
{IDX
} should be increased for the next call of this
\n\
4068 macro to iterate through all types.
",
4069 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4072 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4075 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by
\n\
4077 The default version of this hook returns @code
{va_list_type_node
}.
",
4078 tree, (tree fndecl),
4081 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4083 (canonical_va_list_type,
4084 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the
\n\
4085 type of @var
{type
}. If @var
{type
} is not a valid va_list type
, it returns
\n\
4088 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4090 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4092 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4093 "Expand the @code
{__builtin_va_start
} builtin.
",
4094 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4096 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4098 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4099 "This hook performs target
-specific gimplification of
\n\
4100 @code
{VA_ARG_EXPR
}. The first two parameters correspond to the
\n\
4101 arguments to @code
{va_arg
}; the latter two are as in
\n\
4102 @code
{gimplify.c
:gimplify_expr
}.
",
4103 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4104 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4106 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4107 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4108 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4109 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4110 or an error message if not. */
4113 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by
\n\
4114 @code
{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P
} and sets
\n\
4115 @samp
{*@var
{sz
}} to the size of the data in bytes.
",
4116 void *, (size_t *sz),
4117 default_get_pch_validity)
4121 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are
\n\
4122 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code
{NULL
}\n\
4123 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will
\n\
4124 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp
{_(@var
{msg
})}.
\n\
4126 @var
{data
} is the data that was returned by @code
{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY
}\n\
4127 when the PCH file was created and @var
{sz
} is the size of that data in bytes.
\n\
4128 It
's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4129 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4131 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4132 suitable for most targets.",
4133 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4134 default_pch_valid_p)
4138 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4139 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4140 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4141 to do anything here.",
4145 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4146 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4147 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4149 (check_pch_target_flags,
4150 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4151 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4152 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4153 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4154 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4155 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4157 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4158 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4161 (default_short_enums,
4162 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4163 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4164 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4165 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4167 The default is to return false.",
4169 hook_bool_void_false)
4171 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4172 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4174 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4175 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4176 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4177 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4178 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4179 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4181 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4183 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4184 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4187 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4188 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4189 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4190 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4192 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4193 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4194 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4196 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4197 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4200 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4201 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4202 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4203 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4204 the function is being declared as an int. */
4206 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4207 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4208 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4209 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4210 int, (const_tree function),
4211 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4213 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4214 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4215 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4216 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4218 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4219 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4221 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4222 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4223 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4224 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4226 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4227 @end smallexample\n\
4230 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4231 @end smallexample\n\
4232 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4233 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4234 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4235 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4238 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4239 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4240 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4241 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4242 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4244 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4245 @end smallexample\n\
4247 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4248 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4249 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4250 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4252 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4254 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4255 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4256 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4257 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code
{va_list
} references.
",
4258 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4260 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4261 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4262 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4264 (stack_protect_guard,
4265 "This hook returns a @code
{DECL
} node for the external variable to use
\n\
4266 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the
\n\
4267 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value
\n\
4268 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this
\n\
4269 variable must be @code
{ptr_type_node
}.
\n\
4271 The default version of this hook creates a variable called
\n\
4272 @samp
{__stack_chk_guard
}, which is normally defined in @file
{libgcc2.c
}.
",
4274 default_stack_protect_guard)
4276 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4277 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4279 (stack_protect_fail,
4280 "This hook returns a @code
{CALL_EXPR
} that alerts the runtime that the
\n\
4281 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should
\n\
4282 involve a call to a @code
{noreturn
} function.
\n\
4284 The default version of this hook invokes a function called
\n\
4285 @samp
{__stack_chk_fail
}, taking no arguments. This function is
\n\
4286 normally defined in @file
{libgcc2.c
}.
",
4288 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4290 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4291 protector runtime support. */
4293 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4294 "Returns true if the target wants GCC
's default stack protect runtime support,\
4295 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4297 hook_bool_void_true)
4300 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4301 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4302 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4303 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4304 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4305 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4307 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4308 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4309 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4310 compilation for the second case.\n\
4312 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4313 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4314 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4315 along with your other target hooks.",
4316 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4319 (speculation_safe_value,
4320 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4321 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4322 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4323 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4324 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4325 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4326 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4327 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4328 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4329 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4330 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4331 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4333 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4334 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4335 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4336 default_speculation_safe_value)
4340 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4341 for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4342 This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4343 loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4344 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4345 bool, (class loop *loop),
4346 default_predict_doloop_p)
4349 (have_count_reg_decr_p,
4350 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4352 The default value is false.",
4356 (doloop_cost_for_generic,
4357 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4358 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4359 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4360 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4361 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4362 while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4363 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4364 this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4365 The default value is zero.",
4369 (doloop_cost_for_address,
4370 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4371 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4372 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4373 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4374 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4375 while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4376 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4377 this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4378 The default value is zero.",
4383 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4384 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4385 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4386 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4387 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4388 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4389 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4391 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4392 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4393 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4394 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4395 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4396 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4398 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4399 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4401 (invalid_within_doloop,
4403 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4404 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4405 could not be applied.\n\
4407 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4408 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4409 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4410 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4411 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4412 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4413 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4415 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4417 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4418 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4419 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4420 default is to accept all instructions.",
4421 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4422 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4425 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4426 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4427 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4428 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4429 bool, (const_tree decl),
4430 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4432 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4436 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4437 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4438 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4439 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4440 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4441 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4442 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4443 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4444 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4445 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4446 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4447 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4448 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4449 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4450 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4451 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4453 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4456 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4457 memory model bits are allowed.",
4458 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4460 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4461 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4462 supported by the target. */
4464 (asan_shadow_offset,
4465 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4466 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4467 supported by the target. May return 0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported\n\
4469 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4472 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4473 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4474 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4477 (promote_function_mode,
4478 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4479 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4480 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4481 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4484 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4485 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4486 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4487 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4488 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4489 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4490 the signedness may be different.\n\
4492 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4494 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4495 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4496 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4497 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4498 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4499 default_promote_function_mode)
4502 (promote_prototypes,
4503 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4504 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4505 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4506 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4507 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4508 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4509 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4513 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4514 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4515 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4516 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4517 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4520 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4521 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4522 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4523 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4524 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4525 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4528 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4529 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4530 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4531 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4532 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4533 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4534 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4537 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4538 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4539 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4540 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4541 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4542 undesirable on your target.",
4547 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4548 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4549 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4550 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4553 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4554 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4555 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4556 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4557 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4558 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4560 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4561 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4563 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4564 default_return_in_memory)
4568 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4569 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4570 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4571 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4573 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4574 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4575 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4576 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4577 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4578 bool, (const_tree type),
4579 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4581 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4582 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4583 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4586 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
4587 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4588 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4589 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
4591 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4592 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4593 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4596 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4597 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4600 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4601 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4602 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4603 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4604 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4605 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4607 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4609 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4611 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4612 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4613 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4614 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4615 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4616 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4617 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4618 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4620 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4621 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4622 named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4625 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4626 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4627 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4628 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4629 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4632 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4633 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4634 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4635 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4636 for all data types.\n\
4638 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4639 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4640 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4641 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4642 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4643 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4644 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4645 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4648 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4649 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4650 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4651 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4652 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4653 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4654 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4655 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4656 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4657 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4660 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4661 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4662 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4663 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4664 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4665 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4666 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4667 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4668 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4669 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4672 (load_returned_bounds,
4673 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4674 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4677 default_load_returned_bounds)
4680 (store_returned_bounds,
4681 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4682 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4683 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4684 default_store_returned_bounds)
4688 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4689 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4690 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4691 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4692 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4693 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4694 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4695 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4696 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4697 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4698 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4699 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4705 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4706 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4707 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4708 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4709 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4714 (strict_argument_naming,
4715 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4716 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4718 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4719 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4720 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4721 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4722 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4723 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4724 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4726 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4727 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4728 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4730 /* Returns true if we should use
4731 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4732 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4734 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4735 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4736 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4737 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4738 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4739 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4740 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4741 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4742 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4744 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4745 should be passed as two scalars. */
4748 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4749 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4750 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments
\n\
4751 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example
, on
\n\
4752 AIX64
, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point
\n\
4753 registers
, even though a complex float would fit in one
64-bit floating
\n\
4756 The default value of this hook is @code
{NULL
}, which is treated as always
\n\
4758 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4760 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4761 but must be passed on the stack. */
4762 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4763 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4765 (must_pass_in_stack,
4766 "This target hook should return @code
{true
} if we should not pass @var
{arg
}\n\
4767 solely in registers. The file @file
{expr.h
} defines a
\n\
4768 definition that is usually appropriate
, refer to @file
{expr.h
} for additional
\n\
4770 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4771 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4773 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4774 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4775 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4778 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is
\n\
4779 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the
\n\
4780 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied
\n\
4783 For any argument for which the hook returns true
, if it can be
\n\
4784 determined that the argument is not modified
, then a copy need
\n\
4785 not be generated.
\n\
4787 The default version of this hook always returns false.
",
4789 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4790 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4792 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4793 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4794 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4797 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an
\n\
4798 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for
\n\
4799 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely
\n\
4800 pushed on the stack.
\n\
4802 On some machines
, certain arguments must be passed partially in
\n\
4803 registers and partially in memory. On these machines
, typically the
\n\
4804 first few words of arguments are passed in registers
, and the rest
\n\
4805 on the stack. If a multi
-word
argument (a @code
{double
} or a
\n\
4806 structure
) crosses that boundary
, its first few words must be passed
\n\
4807 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the
\n\
4808 compiler when this occurs
, and how many bytes should go in registers.
\n\
4810 @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
} for these arguments should return the first
\n\
4811 register to be used by the caller for this argument
; likewise
\n\
4812 @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
}, for the called function.
",
4813 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4814 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4816 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4817 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4820 (function_arg_advance,
4821 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var
{ca
} to
\n\
4822 advance past argument @var
{arg
} in the argument list. Once this is done
,\n\
4823 the variable @var
{cum
} is suitable for analyzing the @emph
{following
}\n\
4824 argument with @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
}, etc.
\n\
4826 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed
\n\
4827 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space
\n\
4828 used for arguments without any special help.
",
4830 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4831 default_function_arg_advance)
4834 (function_arg_offset,
4835 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an
\n\
4836 argument of type @var
{type
} and mode @var
{mode
} when passed in memory.
\n\
4837 This is needed for the SPU
, which passes @code
{char
} and @code
{short
}\n\
4838 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word
\n\
4839 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns
0.
",
4840 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4841 default_function_arg_offset)
4844 (function_arg_padding,
4845 "This hook determines whether
, and in which direction
, to pad out
\n\
4846 an argument of mode @var
{mode
} and type @var
{type
}. It returns
\n\
4847 @code
{PAD_UPWARD
} to insert padding above the argument
, @code
{PAD_DOWNWARD
}\n\
4848 to insert padding below the argument
, or @code
{PAD_NONE
} to inhibit padding.
\n\
4850 The @emph
{amount
} of padding is not controlled by this hook
, but by
\n\
4851 @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY
}. It is always just enough
\n\
4852 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.
\n\
4854 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.
\n\
4855 For little
-endian machines
, the default is to pad upward. For
\n\
4856 big
-endian machines
, the default is to pad downward for an argument of
\n\
4857 constant size shorter than an @code
{int
}, and upward otherwise.
",
4858 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4859 default_function_arg_padding)
4861 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4862 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4863 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4867 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var
{arg
} is passed
\n\
4868 in a register and if so
, which register. Argument @var
{ca
} summarizes all
\n\
4869 the previous arguments.
\n\
4871 The return value is usually either a @code
{reg
} RTX for the hard
\n\
4872 register in which to pass the argument
, or zero to pass the argument
\n\
4875 The return value can be a @code
{const_int
} which means argument is
\n\
4876 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks
\n\
4877 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See
\n\
4878 @code
{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
} and @code
{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG
}\n\
4879 for more information.
\n\
4881 The value of the expression can also be a @code
{parallel
} RTX@. This is
\n\
4882 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the
\n\
4883 @code
{parallel
} should be the mode of the entire argument. The
\n\
4884 @code
{parallel
} holds any number of @code
{expr_list
} pairs
; each one
\n\
4885 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each
\n\
4886 @code
{expr_list
} the first operand must be a @code
{reg
} RTX for the hard
\n\
4887 register in which to pass this part of the argument
, and the mode of the
\n\
4888 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The
\n\
4889 second operand of the @code
{expr_list
} is a @code
{const_int
} which gives
\n\
4890 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.
\n\
4891 As a special exception the first @code
{expr_list
} in the @code
{parallel
}\n\
4892 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire
\n\
4893 argument is also stored on the stack.
\n\
4895 The last time this hook is called
, it is called with @code
{MODE
==\n\
4896 VOIDmode
}, and its result is passed to the @code
{call
} or @code
{call_value
}\n\
4897 pattern as operands
2 and
3 respectively.
\n\
4899 @cindex @file
{stdarg.h
} and register arguments
\n\
4900 The usual way to make the ISO library @file
{stdarg.h
} work on a
\n\
4901 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers
, is to
\n\
4902 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is
\n\
4903 done by making @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
} return
0 whenever
\n\
4904 @var
{named
} is @code
{false
}.
\n\
4906 @cindex @code
{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK
}, and @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
}\n\
4907 @cindex @code
{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
}, and @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
}\n\
4908 You may use the hook @code
{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack
}\n\
4909 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a
\n\
4910 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code
{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
}\n\
4911 is not defined and @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
} returns nonzero for such an
\n\
4912 argument
, the compiler will abort. If @code
{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE
} is
\n\
4913 defined
, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into
\n\
4915 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4916 default_function_arg)
4919 (function_incoming_arg,
4920 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different
\n\
4921 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are
\n\
4922 functions that are never directly called
, but are invoked by the hardware
\n\
4923 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.
\n\
4925 In this case @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
} computes the register in
\n\
4926 which the caller passes the value
, and
\n\
4927 @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
} should be defined in a similar
\n\
4928 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will
\n\
4931 @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
} can also return arbitrary address
\n\
4932 computation using hard register
, which can be forced into a register
,\n\
4933 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.
\n\
4935 If @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG
} is not defined
,\n\
4936 @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
} serves both purposes.
",
4937 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4938 default_function_incoming_arg)
4941 (function_arg_boundary,
4942 "This hook returns the alignment boundary
, in bits
, of an argument
\n\
4943 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns
\n\
4944 @code
{PARM_BOUNDARY
} for all arguments.
",
4945 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4946 default_function_arg_boundary)
4949 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4950 "Normally
, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code
{PARM_BOUNDARY
},\n\
4951 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to
\n\
4952 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger
\n\
4954 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4955 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4957 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4958 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4960 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4961 "If defined
, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is
\n\
4962 illegal to pass argument @var
{val
} to function @var
{funcdecl
}\n\
4963 with prototype @var
{typelist
}.
",
4964 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4965 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4967 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4968 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4972 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function
\n\
4973 returns or receives a value of data type @var
{ret_type
}, a tree node
\n\
4974 representing a data type. @var
{fn_decl_or_type
} is a tree node
\n\
4975 representing @code
{FUNCTION_DECL
} or @code
{FUNCTION_TYPE
} of a
\n\
4976 function being called. If @var
{outgoing
} is false
, the hook should
\n\
4977 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.
\n\
4978 Otherwise
, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where
\n\
4979 a function returns a value.
\n\
4981 On many machines
, only @code
{TYPE_MODE (@var
{ret_type
})} is relevant.
\n\
4982 (Actually
, on most machines
, scalar values are returned in the same
\n\
4983 place regardless of mode.
) The value of the expression is usually a
\n\
4984 @code
{reg
} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.
\n\
4985 The value can also be a @code
{parallel
} RTX
, if the return value is in
\n\
4986 multiple places. See @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG
} for an explanation of the
\n\
4987 @code
{parallel
} form. Note that the callee will populate every
\n\
4988 location specified in the @code
{parallel
}, but if the first element of
\n\
4989 the @code
{parallel
} contains the whole return value
, callers will use
\n\
4990 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k
\n\
4991 port uses this type of @code
{parallel
} to return pointers in both
\n\
4992 @samp
{%a0
} (the canonical location
) and @samp
{%d0
}.
\n\
4994 If @code
{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN
} returns true
, you must apply
\n\
4995 the same promotion rules specified in @code
{PROMOTE_MODE
} if
\n\
4996 @var
{valtype
} is a scalar type.
\n\
4998 If the precise function being called is known
, @var
{func
} is a tree
\n\
4999 node (@code
{FUNCTION_DECL
}) for it
; otherwise
, @var
{func
} is a null
\n\
5000 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value
-returning
\n\
5001 convention for specific functions when all their calls are
\n\
5004 Some target machines have ``register windows
'' so that the register in
\n\
5005 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which
\n\
5006 the caller sees the value. For such machines
, you should return
\n\
5007 different RTX depending on @var
{outgoing
}.
\n\
5009 @code
{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE
} is not used for return values with
\n\
5010 aggregate data types
, because these are returned in another way. See
\n\
5011 @code
{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX
} and related macros
, below.
",
5012 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
5013 default_function_value)
5015 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
5016 calling the function FN_NAME. */
5019 "Define this hook if the back
-end needs to know the name of the libcall
\n\
5020 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.
\n\
5022 The mode of the result is given by @var
{mode
} and the name of the called
\n\
5023 library function is given by @var
{fun
}. The hook should return an RTX
\n\
5024 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.
\n\
5026 If this hook is not defined
, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.
",
5027 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
5028 default_libcall_value)
5030 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5031 a function value as seen by the caller. */
5033 (function_value_regno_p,
5034 "A target hook that return @code
{true
} if @var
{regno
} is the number of a hard
\n\
5035 register in which the values of called function may come back.
\n\
5037 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the
\n\
5038 second of a
pair (for a value of type @code
{double
}, say
) need not be
\n\
5039 recognized by this target hook.
\n\
5041 If the machine has register windows
, so that the caller and the called
\n\
5042 function use different registers for the return value
, this target hook
\n\
5043 should recognize only the caller
's register numbers.\n\
5045 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
5046 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5047 default_function_value_regno_p)
5051 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
5052 definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
5053 descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5054 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5055 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5060 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5061 call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5062 @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5063 Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5066 Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5067 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5068 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5071 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5073 (internal_arg_pointer,
5074 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5077 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5079 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5081 (update_stack_boundary,
5082 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5086 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5087 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5090 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5091 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's
\n\
5092 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code
{NULL
} if no DRAP
\n\
5096 /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers. */
5098 (zero_call_used_regs,
5099 "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var
{selected_regs
}\n\
5100 that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.
\n\
5101 Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.
\n\
5103 The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero
\n\
5104 all the registers in @var
{selected_regs
}. Define this hook if the
\n\
5105 target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers
,\n\
5106 or if you believe that certain registers would never contain
\n\
5107 values that are useful to an attacker.
",
5108 HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs),
5109 default_zero_call_used_regs)
5111 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5114 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5115 "When optimization is disabled
, this hook indicates whether or not
\n\
5116 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally
, GCC allocates
\n\
5117 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make
\n\
5118 debugging easier. However
, when a function is declared with
\n\
5119 @code
{__attribute__((naked
))}, there is no stack frame
, and the compiler
\n\
5120 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed
\n\
5121 to the stack. Therefore
, this hook should return true in general
, but
\n\
5122 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.
",
5124 hook_bool_void_true)
5126 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5127 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5130 "This hook replaces the use of @code
{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
} et al for
\n\
5131 targets that may use different static chain locations for different
\n\
5132 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function
\n\
5133 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and
\n\
5134 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.
\n\
5136 The default version of this hook uses @code
{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM
} et al.
\n\
5138 If the static chain is passed in memory
, this hook should be used to
\n\
5139 provide rtx giving @code
{mem
} expressions that denote where they are stored.
\n\
5140 Often the @code
{mem
} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset
\n\
5141 from the stack pointer and the @code
{mem
} expression as seen by the callee
\n\
5142 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.
\n\
5143 @findex stack_pointer_rtx
\n\
5144 @findex frame_pointer_rtx
\n\
5145 @findex arg_pointer_rtx
\n\
5146 The variables @code
{stack_pointer_rtx
}, @code
{frame_pointer_rtx
}, and
\n\
5147 @code
{arg_pointer_rtx
} will have been initialized and should be used
\n\
5148 to refer to those items.
",
5149 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5150 default_static_chain)
5152 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5153 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5156 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.
\n\
5157 @var
{m_tramp
} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline
; @var
{fndecl
}\n\
5158 is the @code
{FUNCTION_DECL
} for the nested function
; @var
{static_chain
} is an
\n\
5159 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function
\n\
5160 when it is called.
\n\
5162 If the target defines @code
{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE
}, then the
\n\
5163 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var
{m_tramp
}\n\
5164 from the memory block returned by @code
{assemble_trampoline_template
}.
\n\
5165 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the
\n\
5166 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline
\n\
5167 to the end
, not all @code
{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE
} bytes need be copied.
\n\
5169 If the target requires any other actions
, such as flushing caches
\n\
5170 (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache
) or
\n\
5171 enabling stack execution
, these actions should be performed after
\n\
5172 initializing the trampoline proper.
",
5173 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5174 default_trampoline_init)
5176 /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache. */
5178 (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache,
5179 "On targets that do not define a @code
{clear_cache
} insn expander
,\n\
5180 but that define the @code
{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN
} macro
,\n\
5181 maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook
\n\
5182 to clear an address range in the instruction cache.
\n\
5184 The default implementation calls the @code
{__clear_cache
} builtin
,\n\
5185 taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration. Overriding
\n\
5186 definitions may call alternate functions
, with alternate calling
\n\
5187 conventions
, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.
",
5188 void, (rtx begin, rtx end),
5189 default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache)
5191 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5193 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5194 "This hook should perform any machine
-specific adjustment in
\n\
5195 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the
\n\
5196 memory block that was passed to @code
{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT
}. In case
\n\
5197 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the
\n\
5198 address at which the template was stored
, the different address should
\n\
5199 be returned
; otherwise @var
{addr
} should be returned unchanged.
\n\
5200 If this hook is not defined
, @var
{addr
} will be used for function calls.
",
5201 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5204 (custom_function_descriptors,
5205 "If the target can use GCC
's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5206 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5207 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5208 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5209 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5210 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5211 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5212 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5214 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5215 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5218 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5219 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5220 it to be made executable.",\
5223 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5224 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5225 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5226 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5229 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5230 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5231 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5233 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5234 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5235 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5236 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5238 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5239 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5240 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5241 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5242 arguments (if known).\n\
5244 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5245 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5246 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5247 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5248 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5249 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5251 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5252 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5253 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5255 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5256 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5257 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5258 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5259 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5260 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5261 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5262 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5263 number of arguments.",
5264 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5265 default_return_pops_args)
5267 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5270 (get_raw_result_mode,
5271 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5272 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5273 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5274 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5275 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5277 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5281 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5282 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5283 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5284 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5285 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5287 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5290 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5291 is to return @code{false}.",
5292 bool, (const_tree type),
5293 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5295 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5297 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5298 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5300 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5301 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5303 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5306 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5307 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5308 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5310 hook_bool_void_false)
5314 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5315 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5319 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5320 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5322 (invalid_conversion,
5323 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5324 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5325 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5326 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5327 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5329 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5330 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5333 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5334 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5335 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5336 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5337 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5338 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5340 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5341 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5344 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5345 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5346 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5348 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5349 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5351 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5352 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5353 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5356 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5357 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5358 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5359 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are
\n\
5360 target
-specific types with special promotion rules.
\n\
5361 This is currently used only by the C and C
++ front ends.
",
5362 tree, (const_tree type),
5363 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5365 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5366 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5367 the standard conversion rules. */
5370 "If defined
, this hook returns the result of converting @var
{expr
} to
\n\
5371 @var
{type
}. It should return the converted expression
,\n\
5372 or @code
{NULL_TREE
} to apply the front end
's normal conversion rules.\n\
5373 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5374 conversion rules.\n\
5375 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5376 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5377 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5380 (verify_type_context,
5381 "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
5382 why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
5383 by @var{context}. When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
5384 error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
5386 Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
5387 @code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
5388 default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
5390 The default implementation always returns true.",
5391 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5396 (can_change_mode_class,
5397 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5398 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5399 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5400 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5401 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5403 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5404 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5405 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5406 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5407 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5408 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5411 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5412 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5413 @end smallexample\n\
5415 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5416 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5417 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5418 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5419 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5420 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5421 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5422 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5423 value that the middle-end intended.",
5424 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5425 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5427 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5429 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5430 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5431 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5433 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5434 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5435 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5437 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5440 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5442 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5443 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5447 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5450 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5451 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5452 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5453 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5454 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5455 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5456 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5457 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5459 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5461 default_register_priority)
5463 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5465 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5466 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5467 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5468 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5469 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5470 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5471 with big register files as it hurts if
-conversion and cross
-jumping\
5474 The default version of this target hook returns always false.
",
5476 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5478 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5480 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5481 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5482 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example
, the\
5483 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5486 The default version of this target hook returns always false.
",
5488 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5490 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5491 instead of memory. */
5494 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5495 pseudos of the given mode and class
, or @code
{NO_REGS
} if only memory\
5496 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5497 @code
{NO_REGS
} for all inputs.
",
5498 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5501 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5503 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5504 "This hook should return @code
{true
} if given class of registers should\
5505 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5506 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5507 complicated cases
, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5508 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5509 equivalent to returning @code
{false
} for all inputs.
",
5510 bool, (reg_class_t),
5511 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5515 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5516 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5517 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5518 as accepting the mode encoded into operand
0 of the cstore expander\
5520 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5521 default_cstore_mode)
5523 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5526 (compute_pressure_classes,
5527 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5528 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5529 account
, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5530 register classes stored in the array @var
{pressure_classes
}.
",
5531 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5533 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5534 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5536 (member_type_forces_blk,
5537 "Return true if a structure
, union or array containing @var
{field
} should
\n\
5538 be accessed using @code
{BLKMODE
}.
\n\
5540 If @var
{field
} is the only field in the structure
, @var
{mode
} is its
\n\
5541 mode
, otherwise @var
{mode
} is VOIDmode. @var
{mode
} is provided in the
\n\
5542 case where structures of one field would require the structure
's mode to\n\
5543 retain the field's mode.
\n\
5545 Normally
, this is not needed.
",
5546 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5547 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5549 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5550 that gate the divod transform. */
5552 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5553 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have
\n\
5554 hardware divmod insn but defines target
-specific divmod libfuncs.
",
5555 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5558 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5561 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or
\n\
5562 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the
\n\
5563 @samp
{MQ
} register
, which on most machines
, can only be copied to or
\n\
5564 from general registers
, but not memory. Below
, we shall be using the
\n\
5565 term
'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed
\n\
5566 directly
, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate
\n\
5567 register first
, and then copying the intermediate register to the
\n\
5568 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as
\n\
5569 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied
,\n\
5570 reload might apply optimizations to re
-use an intermediate register
\n\
5571 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the
\n\
5572 intermediate register still holds the required value.
\n\
5574 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which
\n\
5575 allow copying all registers to and from memory
, but require a scratch
\n\
5576 register for stores to some memory
locations (e.g.
, those with symbolic
\n\
5577 address on the RT
, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC
\n\
5578 when compiling PIC
)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode
\n\
5579 as the value being copied
, and usually hold a different value than
\n\
5580 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to
\n\
5581 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register
;\n\
5582 these patterns also describe the number
, register
class(es
) and
mode(s
)\n\
5583 of the scratch
register(s
).
\n\
5585 In some cases
, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.
\n\
5587 For input reloads
, this target hook is called with nonzero @var
{in_p
},\n\
5588 and @var
{x
} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class
\n\
5589 @var
{reload_class
} in @var
{reload_mode
}. For output reloads
, this target
\n\
5590 hook is called with zero @var
{in_p
}, and a register of class @var
{reload_class
}\n\
5591 needs to be copied to rtx @var
{x
} in @var
{reload_mode
}.
\n\
5593 If copying a register of @var
{reload_class
} from
/to @var
{x
} requires
\n\
5594 an intermediate register
, the hook @code
{secondary_reload
} should
\n\
5595 return the register class required for this intermediate register.
\n\
5596 If no intermediate register is required
, it should return NO_REGS.
\n\
5597 If more than one intermediate register is required
, describe the one
\n\
5598 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.
\n\
5600 If scratch registers are needed
, you also have to describe how to
\n\
5601 perform the copy from
/to the reload register to
/from this
\n\
5602 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is
\n\
5603 required
, but still a scratch register is needed
, describe the
\n\
5604 copy from
/to the reload register to
/from the reload operand @var
{x
}.
\n\
5606 You do this by setting @code
{sri
->icode
} to the instruction code of a pattern
\n\
5607 in the md file which performs the move. Operands
0 and
1 are the output
\n\
5608 and input of this copy
, respectively. Operands from operand
2 onward are
\n\
5609 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode
, and a
\n\
5610 single
-register
-class
\n\
5611 @c
[later
: or memory
]\n\
5612 output constraint.
\n\
5614 When an intermediate register is used
, the @code
{secondary_reload
}\n\
5615 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate
\n\
5616 register to
/from the reload operand @var
{x
}, so your hook must also
\n\
5617 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.
\n\
5619 @c
[For later
: maybe we
'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5620 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5621 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5622 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5623 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5624 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5625 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5626 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5629 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5630 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5631 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5632 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5634 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5635 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5636 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5638 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5639 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5640 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5641 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5642 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5643 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5645 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5646 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5647 default_secondary_reload)
5650 (secondary_memory_needed,
5651 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5652 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5653 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5654 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5655 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5656 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5657 false for all inputs.",
5658 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5659 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5662 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5663 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5664 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5665 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5667 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5668 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5669 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5670 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5671 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5672 floating-point registers.\n\
5674 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5675 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5676 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5677 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5678 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5681 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5682 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5683 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5685 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5686 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5688 (preferred_reload_class,
5689 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5690 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5691 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5692 another, smaller class.\n\
5694 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5696 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5697 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5698 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5699 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5700 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5702 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5703 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5704 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5705 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5706 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5707 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5708 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5709 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded
\n\
5710 into any kind of register
, code generation will be better if
\n\
5711 @code
{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P
} makes the constant illegitimate instead
\n\
5712 of using @code
{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
}.
\n\
5714 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation
, reload will go
\n\
5715 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code
{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
}\n\
5716 to find the best one. Returning @code
{NO_REGS
}, in this case
, makes
\n\
5717 reload add a @code
{!} in front of the constraint
: the x86 back
-end uses
\n\
5718 this feature to discourage usage of
387 registers when math is done in
\n\
5719 the SSE
registers (and vice versa
).
",
5721 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5722 default_preferred_reload_class)
5724 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5727 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5728 "Like @code
{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
}, but for output reloads instead of
\n\
5731 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code
{rclass
}\n\
5734 You can also use @code
{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS
} to discourage
\n\
5735 reload from using some alternatives
, like @code
{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS
}.
",
5737 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5738 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5741 (select_early_remat_modes,
5742 "On some targets
, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a
\n\
5743 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.
\n\
5744 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively
\n\
5745 recomputing values after calls
, so that they don
't need to be spilled.\n\
5747 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5748 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5749 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5750 void, (sbitmap modes),
5751 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5754 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5755 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5756 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5757 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5759 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5760 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5761 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5762 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5763 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5765 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5766 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5768 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5769 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5771 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5772 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5775 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5776 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5778 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5779 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5780 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5781 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5782 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5784 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5785 in the reload pass.\n\
5787 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5789 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5790 default_class_max_nregs)
5793 (preferred_rename_class,
5794 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5795 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5796 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5797 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5798 is not implemented.\
5799 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5800 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5801 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5802 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5804 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5805 default_preferred_rename_class)
5807 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5808 during register allocation. */
5810 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5811 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't
\n\
5812 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during
\n\
5813 register allocation.
\n\
5814 The default version of this target hook returns @code
{false
}.
\n\
5815 On most machines
, this default should be used. For generally
\n\
5816 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing
, such
\n\
5817 as SH
, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.
",
5819 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5821 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5822 displacement addressing. */
5824 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5825 "This hook tries to split address offset @var
{orig_offset
} into
\n\
5826 two parts
: one that should be added to the base address to create
\n\
5827 a local anchor point
, and an additional offset that can be applied
\n\
5828 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var
{mode
}. The idea is that
\n\
5829 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.
\n\
5831 The hook returns true if it succeeds
, storing the offset of the
\n\
5832 anchor from the base in @var
{offset1
} and the offset of the final address
\n\
5833 from the anchor in @var
{offset2
}. The default implementation returns false.
",
5834 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5835 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5837 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5838 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5840 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5841 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl
, allowing the target
\n\
5842 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.
\n\
5843 For example
, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot
\n\
5844 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point
\n\
5845 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode
\n\
5850 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5851 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5852 but will be later. */
5855 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl
\n\
5856 that are not actually in any insns yet
, but will be later.
",
5862 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers
, starting
\n\
5863 at register number @var
{regno
}, required to hold a value of mode
\n\
5864 @var
{mode
}. This hook must never return zero
, even if a register
\n\
5865 cannot hold the requested mode
- indicate that with
\n\
5866 @code
{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
} and
/or
\n\
5867 @code
{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS
} instead.
\n\
5869 The default definition returns the number of words in @var
{mode
}.
",
5870 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5871 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5874 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5875 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value
\n\
5876 of mode @var
{mode
} in hard register number @var
{regno
} (or in several
\n\
5877 registers starting with that one
). The default definition returns true
\n\
5880 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers
,\n\
5881 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.
\n\
5883 @cindex register pairs
\n\
5884 On some machines
, double
-precision values must be kept in even
/odd
\n\
5885 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject
\n\
5886 odd register numbers for such modes.
\n\
5888 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the
\n\
5889 @samp
{mov@var
{mode
}} instruction pattern support moves between the
\n\
5890 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a
\n\
5891 value into the register and back out not alter it.
\n\
5893 Since the same instruction used to move @code
{word_mode
} will work for
\n\
5894 all narrower integer modes
, it is not necessary on any machine for
\n\
5895 this hook to distinguish between these modes
, provided you define
\n\
5896 patterns @samp
{movhi
}, etc.
, to take advantage of this. This is
\n\
5897 useful because of the interaction between @code
{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
}\n\
5898 and @code
{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P
}; it is very desirable for all integer
\n\
5899 modes to be tieable.
\n\
5901 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.
\n\
5902 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only
\n\
5903 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that
\n\
5904 can hold integers can safely @emph
{hold
} a floating point machine
\n\
5905 mode
, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those
\n\
5906 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.
\n\
5908 On some machines
, though
, the converse is true
: fixed
-point machine
\n\
5909 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating
\n\
5910 registers normalize any value stored in them
, because storing a
\n\
5911 non
-floating value there would garble it. In this case
,\n\
5912 @code
{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
} should reject fixed
-point machine modes in
\n\
5913 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically
\n\
5914 normalize
, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it
\n\
5915 unchanged without a trap
, then any machine mode may go in a floating
\n\
5916 register
, so you can define this hook to say so.
\n\
5918 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that
\n\
5919 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic
\n\
5920 instructions. However
, this is of no concern to
\n\
5921 @code
{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK
}. You handle it by writing the proper
\n\
5922 constraints for those instructions.
\n\
5924 On some machines
, the floating registers are especially slow to access
,\n\
5925 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a
\n\
5926 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the
\n\
5927 floating registers are not in class @code
{GENERAL_REGS
}, they will not
\n\
5928 be used unless some pattern
's constraint asks for one.",
5929 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5930 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5934 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5935 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5937 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5938 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5939 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5940 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5941 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5942 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5943 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5945 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5946 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5947 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5948 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5949 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5951 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5954 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5955 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5956 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5958 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5959 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5961 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5962 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5963 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5966 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5967 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
5968 of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
5969 particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\
5970 @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
5971 must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
5972 This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
5973 registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
5974 call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\
5975 preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
5976 clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
5977 but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5979 The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
5980 structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
5981 structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
5982 for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
5984 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5985 for targets that don't have partly call
-clobbered registers.
",
5986 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5987 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
5990 (get_multilib_abi_name,
5991 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.
",
5992 const char *, (void),
5993 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
5995 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5996 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5998 (case_values_threshold,
5999 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it
\n\
6000 is best to use a jump
-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.
\n\
6001 The default is four for machines with a @code
{casesi
} instruction and
\n\
6002 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.
",
6003 unsigned int, (void),
6004 default_case_values_threshold)
6007 (starting_frame_offset,
6008 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local
\n\
6009 variable slot to be allocated. If @code
{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD
}, it is the
\n\
6010 offset to @emph
{end
} of the first slot allocated
, otherwise it is the
\n\
6011 offset to @emph
{beginning
} of the first slot allocated. The default
\n\
6012 implementation returns
0.
",
6013 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6016 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
6018 (compute_frame_layout,
6019 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be
\n\
6020 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then
\n\
6021 be used by @code
{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET
} instead of re
-computing the
\n\
6022 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful
\n\
6023 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing
\n\
6024 this callback is optional.
",
6028 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
6030 (frame_pointer_required,
6031 "This target hook should return @code
{true
} if a function must have and use
\n\
6032 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return
\n\
6033 value is @code
{true
} the function will have a frame pointer.
\n\
6035 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide
\n\
6036 according to the facts
, but on most machines the constant @code
{false
} or the
\n\
6037 constant @code
{true
} suffices. Use @code
{false
} when the machine allows code
\n\
6038 to be generated with no frame pointer
, and doing so saves some time or space.
\n\
6039 Use @code
{true
} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame
\n\
6042 In certain cases
, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code
\n\
6043 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and
\n\
6044 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what
\n\
6045 @code
{targetm.frame_pointer_required
} returns. You don
't need to worry about\n\
6048 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
6049 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
6050 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
6052 Default return value is @code{false}.",
6054 hook_bool_void_false)
6056 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6057 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
6060 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
6061 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
6062 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
6063 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
6066 Default return value is @code{true}.",
6067 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6068 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6070 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6071 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6074 (conditional_register_usage,
6075 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
6076 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
6077 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
6078 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
6079 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
6080 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
6081 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
6082 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
6083 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
6084 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
6085 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
6086 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
6087 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
6088 command options have been applied.\n\
6090 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
6091 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
6092 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
6093 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
6094 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
6095 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
6096 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
6097 that shouldn't be used.
\n\
6099 (However
, if this class is not included in @code
{GENERAL_REGS
} and all
\n\
6100 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are
\n\
6101 controlled by target switches
, then GCC will automatically avoid using
\n\
6102 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.
)",
6107 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6108 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.
\n\
6109 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance \
6110 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.
\n\
6111 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.
\n\
6112 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise. \
6113 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least
8 byes\
6114 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.
\n\
6115 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.
",
6116 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6117 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6120 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6122 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_
"
6123 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6125 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6128 "Return machine mode for non
-standard constant literal suffix @var
{c
},\
6129 or VOIDmode if non
-standard suffixes are unsupported.
",
6130 machine_mode, (char c),
6131 default_mode_for_suffix)
6135 "Return a value
, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
6136 @code
{FLT_EVAL_METHOD
} that describes which excess precision should be\
6137 applied. @var
{type
} is either @code
{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT
},\
6138 @code
{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST
}, or\
6139 @code
{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD
}. For\
6140 @code
{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT
}, the target should return which\
6141 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
6142 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
6143 @code
{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD
} and\
6144 @code
{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST
}, the target should return the\
6145 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
6146 value set for @option
{-fexcess
-precision
=@r
{[}standard@r
{|
}fast@r
{]}}.\
6147 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense
,\
6148 so a target should never return @code
{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE
}\
6149 when @var
{type
} is @code
{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD
} or\
6150 @code
{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST
}.
",
6151 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6152 default_excess_precision)
6156 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6158 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_
"
6159 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6161 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6164 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.
\n\
6165 These are used to implement one
-time construction of static objects. The
\n\
6166 default is long_long_integer_type_node.
",
6168 default_cxx_guard_type)
6170 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6173 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return
\n\
6174 @code
{false
} (the default
) if the first byte should be used. A return value of
\n\
6175 @code
{true
} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.
",
6177 hook_bool_void_false)
6179 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6182 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array
\n\
6183 whose elements have the indicated @var
{type
}. Assumes that it is already
\n\
6184 known that a cookie is needed. The default is
\n\
6185 @code
{max(sizeof (size_t
), alignof(type
))}, as defined in section
2.7 of the
\n\
6186 IA64
/Generic C
++ ABI@.
",
6188 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6190 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6193 "This hook should return @code
{true
} if the element size should be stored in
\n\
6194 array cookies. The default is to return @code
{false
}.
",
6196 hook_bool_void_false)
6198 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6199 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6201 (import_export_class,
6202 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export
\n\
6203 class @var
{type
} to be overruled. Upon entry @var
{import_export
}\n\
6204 will contain
1 if the class is going to be exported
, @minus
{}1 if it is going
\n\
6205 to be imported and
0 otherwise. This function should return the
\n\
6206 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the
\n\
6207 backend
's targeted operating system.",
6208 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6210 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6212 (cdtor_returns_this,
6213 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6214 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6217 hook_bool_void_false)
6219 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6220 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6221 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6223 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6224 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6225 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6226 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6227 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6228 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6229 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6230 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6232 hook_bool_void_true)
6235 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6236 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6237 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6238 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
6239 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6240 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6241 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6245 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6246 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6247 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6248 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6249 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6251 (class_data_always_comdat,
6252 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6253 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6254 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6255 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6256 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6258 hook_bool_void_true)
6260 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6261 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6262 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6264 (library_rtti_comdat,
6265 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6266 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6267 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6269 hook_bool_void_true)
6271 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6275 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6276 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6277 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6279 hook_bool_void_false)
6281 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6282 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6284 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6285 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6286 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6287 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6288 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6289 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6291 hook_bool_void_false)
6294 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6295 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6296 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6297 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6302 (decl_mangling_context,
6303 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6304 tree, (const_tree decl),
6305 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6307 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6309 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6311 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6312 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6314 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6317 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6318 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's
\n\
6319 emulated TLS helper function to be used.
",
6320 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address
")
6324 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at
\n\
6325 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly
\n\
6326 initialized to zero. If this is @code
{NULL
}, all TLS objects will
\n\
6327 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc
's emulated TLS\n\
6328 registration function to be used.",
6329 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6331 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6334 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6335 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6341 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6342 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6346 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6349 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6350 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6355 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6356 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6359 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6362 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6363 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6364 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6365 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6366 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.
",
6367 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6368 default_emutls_var_fields)
6370 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6373 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a
\n\
6374 TLS control object. @var
{var
} is the TLS control object
, @var
{decl
}\n\
6375 is the TLS object and @var
{tmpl_addr
} is the address of the
\n\
6376 initializer. The default initializes libgcc
's emulated TLS control object.",
6377 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6378 default_emutls_var_init)
6380 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6384 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6385 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6386 single objects. The default is false.",
6389 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6391 (debug_form_tls_address,
6392 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6393 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6396 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6399 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6400 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6402 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6403 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6404 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6407 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6408 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6409 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6410 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6411 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6413 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6414 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6415 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6416 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6417 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6419 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6422 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6423 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6424 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6425 @xref{Option file format}.",
6426 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
6427 struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
6429 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6433 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6434 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6435 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6436 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
6437 struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6439 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6443 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6444 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6446 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6448 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6452 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6453 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6454 function-specific options.",
6455 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6457 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6458 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6459 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6460 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6463 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6464 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6465 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6466 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6467 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6468 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6470 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6473 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6474 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6475 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6476 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6478 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for
\n\
6479 @option
{-O
}. That is what @code
{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION
} is for.
\n\
6481 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is
\n\
6482 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma
, see
\n\
6483 @code
{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE
}",
6487 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6488 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6489 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6490 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6493 "This target hook returns @code
{true
} if @var
{DECL1
} and @var
{DECL2
} are
\n\
6494 versions of the same function. @var
{DECL1
} and @var
{DECL2
} are function
\n\
6495 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and
\n\
6496 different target specific attributes
, that is
, they are compiled for
\n\
6497 different target machines.
",
6498 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6499 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6501 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6503 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_
"
6506 "This target hook returns @code
{false
} if the @var
{caller
} function
\n\
6507 cannot inline @var
{callee
}, based on target specific information. By
\n\
6508 default
, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function
\n\
6509 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.
",
6510 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6511 default_target_can_inline_p)
6515 "This target hook fixes function @var
{fndecl
} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM
, the default function
's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6516 void, (tree fndecl),
6519 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6521 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6522 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6523 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6525 (extra_live_on_entry,
6526 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6527 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6528 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6529 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6530 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6531 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6532 void, (bitmap regs),
6535 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6536 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6539 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6540 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6541 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6542 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6543 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6544 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6545 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6546 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6547 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6551 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6553 (set_up_by_prologue,
6554 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6555 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6556 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6559 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6560 function's return statements need checking. For instance a
'naked'
6561 function attribute.
*/
6564 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6566 hook_bool_tree_true
)
6569 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6570 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS
, shrink_wrap
)
6573 (get_separate_components
,
6574 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6575 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6576 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6578 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6579 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6585 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6586 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6587 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6588 sbitmap
, (basic_block
),
6592 (disqualify_components
,
6593 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6594 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6595 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6597 void
, (sbitmap components
, edge e
, sbitmap edge_components
, bool is_prologue
),
6601 (emit_prologue_components
,
6602 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6607 (emit_epilogue_components
,
6608 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6613 (set_handled_components
,
6614 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6615 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6616 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6617 will be deleted after this call.",
6621 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap
)
6623 #define HOOK_PREFIX
"TARGET_"
6625 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging.
*/
6628 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6629 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6630 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6631 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6633 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6634 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6636 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6637 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6638 enum unwind_info_type
, (void
),
6639 default_debug_unwind_info
)
6642 (reset_location_view
, "\
6643 This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6644 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6645 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6646 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6648 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6649 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6650 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6651 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6652 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6654 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6655 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6656 int
, (rtx_insn *)
, NULL
)
6658 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6659 defined at this time.
*/
6661 (canonicalize_comparison
,
6662 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6663 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6664 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6665 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6667 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6668 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6669 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6670 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6671 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6672 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6673 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6675 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6676 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6679 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6680 comparison code or operands.",
6681 void
, (int
*code
, rtx
*op0
, rtx
*op1
, bool op0_preserve_value
),
6682 default_canonicalize_comparison
)
6685 (min_arithmetic_precision
,
6686 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6687 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6688 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6690 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6691 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6692 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6694 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6695 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6696 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6698 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6700 unsigned int
, (void
), default_min_arithmetic_precision
)
6703 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval
,
6704 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6705 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\
6706 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6709 /* Return an unsigned int representing the
alignment (in bits
) of the atomic
6710 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6713 (atomic_align_for_mode
,
6714 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6715 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6716 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6717 unsigned int
, (machine_mode mode
),
6721 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv
,
6722 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6723 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6724 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6725 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6726 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6727 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6728 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6729 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6730 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6731 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6732 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6733 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6734 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6735 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6736 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6737 void
, (tree
*hold
, tree
*clear
, tree
*update
),
6738 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv
)
6740 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end.
*/
6742 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6743 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space.
*/
6745 (have_switchable_bss_sections
,
6746 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6747 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6748 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6751 /* True if
"native" constructors and destructors are supported
,
6752 false if we
're using collect2 for the job. */
6755 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6756 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6757 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6760 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6763 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6764 The default value is false.",
6767 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6769 (have_srodata_section,
6770 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6771 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6774 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6776 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6777 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6778 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6779 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6783 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6785 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6786 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6787 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6788 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6789 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6790 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6791 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6792 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6794 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6795 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6796 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6799 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6800 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6802 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6803 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6804 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6805 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6806 this to be done. The default is false.",
6809 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6810 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6813 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6814 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6815 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6816 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6820 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6821 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6822 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6823 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6827 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6828 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6832 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6833 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6837 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6838 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6842 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6844 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6846 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6847 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6851 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6852 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6856 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6857 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6861 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6862 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6866 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6867 int, (int entity), NULL)
6871 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6872 int, (int entity), NULL)
6876 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6877 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6879 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6882 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_"
6883 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag)
6887 "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region\n\
6888 of pointers. This feature means that @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} can\n\
6891 At preset, this feature does not support address spaces. It also requires\n\
6892 @code{Pmode} to be the same as @code{ptr_mode}.",
6893 bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses)
6897 "Return the size of a tag (in bits) for this platform.\n\
6899 The default returns 8.",
6900 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size)
6904 "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.\n\
6905 I.e. if a variable is @var{X} bytes long in memory, then this hook should\n\
6906 return the value @var{Y} such that the tag in shadow memory spans\n\
6907 @var{X}/@var{Y} bytes.\n\
6909 Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables\n\
6910 that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share\n\
6913 The default returns 16.",
6914 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size)
6918 "Return an RTX representing the value of @var{untagged} but with a\n\
6919 (possibly) random tag in it.\n\
6920 Put that value into @var{target} if it is convenient to do so.\n\
6921 This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.",
6922 rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag)
6926 "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var{addr_offset} to\n\
6927 the address in pointer @var{base} and @var{tag_offset} to the tag in pointer\n\
6929 The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get\n\
6930 put into an operand with @code{force_operand}.\n\
6932 Unlike other memtag hooks, this must return an expression and not emit any\n\
6934 rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset),
6935 default_memtag_add_tag)
6939 "Return an RTX representing @var{untagged_base} but with the tag @var{tag}.\n\
6940 Try and store this in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
6941 @var{untagged_base} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.\n\
6942 The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var{untagged_base} to\n\
6944 rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag)
6948 "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var{tagged_pointer}.\n\
6949 Store the result in @var{target} if it is convenient.\n\
6950 The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.",
6951 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag)
6955 "Return an RTX representing @var{tagged_pointer} with its tag set to zero.\n\
6956 Store the result in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
6957 The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.",
6958 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer)
6960 HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag)
6962 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6964 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6965 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6966 #include "target-insns.def"
6967 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6969 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6970 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6971 #include "target-insns.def"
6972 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6974 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6975 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6976 #include "target-insns.def"
6977 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6980 (run_target_selftests,
6981 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6985 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target
' definition. */
6986 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)